US20220170362A1 - Tracers for petroleum reservoirs - Google Patents
Tracers for petroleum reservoirs Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220170362A1 US20220170362A1 US17/551,598 US202117551598A US2022170362A1 US 20220170362 A1 US20220170362 A1 US 20220170362A1 US 202117551598 A US202117551598 A US 202117551598A US 2022170362 A1 US2022170362 A1 US 2022170362A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- independently selected
- group
- ring atoms
- optionally substituted
- alkylene
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 title description 17
- 239000008139 complexing agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 179
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 claims description 272
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 194
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 164
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 145
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 123
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 107
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000004767 (C1-C4) haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000004765 (C1-C4) haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910017711 NHRa Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 18
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 abstract description 83
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 68
- 229910021644 lanthanide ion Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 62
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 48
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000000700 radioactive tracer Substances 0.000 description 83
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 67
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 57
- WJJMNDUMQPNECX-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipicolinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=N1 WJJMNDUMQPNECX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 49
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 45
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 43
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 43
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000013535 sea water Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 23
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 21
- -1 but not limited to Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 19
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 16
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 0 *Cc1cc(C(=O)O)nc(C(=O)O)c1 Chemical compound *Cc1cc(C(=O)O)nc(C(=O)O)c1 0.000 description 14
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 14
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 13
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000011435 rock Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 11
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 10
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 8
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000019738 Limestone Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000006028 limestone Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229910052772 Samarium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 6
- UJJJESXBXYFZCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(CO)=CC(C(=O)OC)=N1 UJJJESXBXYFZCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 6
- KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium atom Chemical compound [Sm] KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KGWRBEHOKALEAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound C=12C=CC3=C(C=4C=CC=CC=4)C=C(C(O)=O)N=C3C2=NC(C(=O)O)=CC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 KGWRBEHOKALEAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 5
- STTGYIUESPWXOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline Chemical compound C=12C=CC3=C(C=4C=CC=CC=4)C=C(C)N=C3C2=NC(C)=CC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 STTGYIUESPWXOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RZPFGTGOXBTBIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-imidazol-1-ylpyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid Chemical class N1(C=NC=C1)C1=CC(=NC(=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O RZPFGTGOXBTBIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 4
- JRNVZBWKYDBUCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-chlorosuccinimide Chemical compound ClN1C(=O)CCC1=O JRNVZBWKYDBUCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 4
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- SNQQJEJPJMXYTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)OC)=N1 SNQQJEJPJMXYTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000002290 gas chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid Substances OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IDMJGOLVRVFGTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-bis(methoxycarbonyl)pyridine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC(C(=O)OC)=N1 IDMJGOLVRVFGTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NFXKYKHKNUFOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl 4-chloropyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(Cl)=CC(C(=O)OC)=N1 NFXKYKHKNUFOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N heavy water Substances [2H]O[2H] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-[2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C=1CN(CC(=O)OC)CCN(CC(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1OC(C)=O OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005575 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001195 ultra high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003828 vacuum filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- IPOUIVFZUKIUAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,9-dimethyl-1,10-dihydro-1,10-phenanthroline-4,7-dione Chemical compound N1C(C)=CC(=O)C=2C1=C1NC(C)=CC(=O)C1=CC=2 IPOUIVFZUKIUAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMPBAYVSHKBOMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-bis(2-chlorosulfonylphenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound C=12C=CC3=C(C=4C(=CC=CC=4)S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C(C(O)=O)N=C3C2=NC(C(=O)O)=CC=1C1=CC=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O ZMPBAYVSHKBOMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JSGGBMAQDDOMRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-bis(2-nitrophenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound C=12C=CC3=C(C=4C(=CC=CC=4)[N+]([O-])=O)C=C(C(O)=O)N=C3C2=NC(C(=O)O)=CC=1C1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O JSGGBMAQDDOMRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NMBQIXOMRPLMKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-dichloro-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound ClC1=CC(=NC2=C3N=C(C=C(C3=CC=C12)Cl)C(=O)O)C(=O)O NMBQIXOMRPLMKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LOGGIVHAGJGRFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-dichloro-2,9-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,10-phenanthroline Chemical compound Clc1cc(nc2c1ccc1c(Cl)cc(nc21)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl LOGGIVHAGJGRFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SCEUZNMSPNDKPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-dichloro-2,9-dimethyl-1,10-phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=C(C)N=C2C3=NC(C)=CC(Cl)=C3C=CC2=C1Cl SCEUZNMSPNDKPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATTYXOQGENZUTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-diphenyl-2,9-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,10-phenanthroline Chemical compound C=12C=CC3=C(C=4C=CC=CC=4)C=C(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)N=C3C2=NC(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)=CC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 ATTYXOQGENZUTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001748 luminescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002414 normal-phase solid-phase extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000013112 stability test Methods 0.000 description 2
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl orthoformate Chemical compound COC(OC)OC PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXSVCROWUPWXBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=C(C(O)=O)N=C2C3=NC(C(=O)O)=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 FXSVCROWUPWXBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Propane sultone Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCO1 FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZSLUVFAKFWKJRC-IGMARMGPSA-N 232Th Chemical compound [232Th] ZSLUVFAKFWKJRC-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWOQCZTXNXTXIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[2,6-bis(methoxycarbonyl)pyridin-4-yl]-2H-imidazol-1-yl]propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)c1cc(cc(n1)C(=O)OC)N1CN(CCCS(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 CWOQCZTXNXTXIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJJMSDYSXFRTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[2,6-bis(methoxycarbonyl)pyridin-4-yl]-5-methyl-2H-imidazol-1-yl]propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)c1cc(cc(n1)C(=O)OC)N1CN(CCCS(O)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1 IJJMSDYSXFRTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSQMWJXSBNSIEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-bis(2-aminophenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC(C(O)=O)=NC2=C1C=CC1=C(C=3C(=CC=CC=3)N)C=C(C(O)=O)N=C21 DSQMWJXSBNSIEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRKVTJZYRUWKGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-ethylimidazol-1-yl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound C(C)C=1N=CN(C=1)C1=CC(=NC(=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O HRKVTJZYRUWKGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJNVOIPNNBIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-methylimidazol-1-yl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound CC=1N=CN(C=1)C1=CC(=NC(=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O AJNVOIPNNBIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDKUKGIJDNUFGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylimidazole Chemical compound CC1=CN=C[N]1 XDKUKGIJDNUFGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTYHJOGIJKBXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[1-[2-[1-(2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-1,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)ethylamino]anilino]ethylidene]-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione Chemical compound O=C1OC(C)(C)OC(=O)C1=C(C)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(C)=C1C(=O)OC(C)(C)OC1=O JTYHJOGIJKBXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJQHZENQKNIRSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound CCC1=CNC=N1 NJQHZENQKNIRSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VWXBKARGVXINEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(Nc1ccccc1NC(C)=C1C(=O)OC(C)(C)OC1=O)=C1C(=O)OC(C)(C)OC1=O.CC1(C)OC(=O)CC(=O)O1.COC(OC)OC.Cc1cc(=O)c2ccc3c(=O)cc(C)[nH]c3c2[nH]1.Cc1cc(Cl)c2ccc3c(Cl)cc(C)nc3c2n1.Clc1cc(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)nc2c1ccc1c(Cl)cc(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)nc12.Nc1ccccc1N.O=C(O)c1cc(Cl)c2ccc3c(Cl)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1.O=C1CCC(=O)N1Cl.O=P(Cl)(Cl)Cl.c1ccc(Oc2ccccc2)cc1 Chemical compound CC(Nc1ccccc1NC(C)=C1C(=O)OC(C)(C)OC1=O)=C1C(=O)OC(C)(C)OC1=O.CC1(C)OC(=O)CC(=O)O1.COC(OC)OC.Cc1cc(=O)c2ccc3c(=O)cc(C)[nH]c3c2[nH]1.Cc1cc(Cl)c2ccc3c(Cl)cc(C)nc3c2n1.Clc1cc(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)nc2c1ccc1c(Cl)cc(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)nc12.Nc1ccccc1N.O=C(O)c1cc(Cl)c2ccc3c(Cl)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1.O=C1CCC(=O)N1Cl.O=P(Cl)(Cl)Cl.c1ccc(Oc2ccccc2)cc1 VWXBKARGVXINEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSZPYTVZFNSBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(=O)c1cccc(C(C)=O)n1.O=C(O)c1cccc(C(=O)O)n1 Chemical compound COC(=O)c1cccc(C(C)=O)n1.O=C(O)c1cccc(C(=O)O)n1 MSZPYTVZFNSBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- KHHKHQYCYAAUPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nc1ccc(-c2cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2ccc2c(-c4ccc(N)cc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc23)cc1.O=C(O)c1cc(-c2ccc([N+](=O)[O-])cc2)c2ccc3c(-c4ccc([N+](=O)[O-])cc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1.O=C(O)c1cc(-c2ccccc2)c2ccc3c(-c4ccccc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1 Chemical compound Nc1ccc(-c2cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2ccc2c(-c4ccc(N)cc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc23)cc1.O=C(O)c1cc(-c2ccc([N+](=O)[O-])cc2)c2ccc3c(-c4ccc([N+](=O)[O-])cc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1.O=C(O)c1cc(-c2ccccc2)c2ccc3c(-c4ccccc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1 KHHKHQYCYAAUPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000184339 Nemophila maculata Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFKPAIDOSMPLKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(O)c1cc(-c2ccc(S(=O)(=O)O)cc2)c2ccc3c(-c4ccc(S(=O)(=O)O)cc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1 Chemical compound O=C(O)c1cc(-c2ccc(S(=O)(=O)O)cc2)c2ccc3c(-c4ccc(S(=O)(=O)O)cc4)cc(C(=O)O)nc3c2n1 AFKPAIDOSMPLKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052777 Praseodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052773 Promethium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910006124 SOCl2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052776 Thorium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001626 barium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WDIHJSXYQDMJHN-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ba+2] WDIHJSXYQDMJHN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000001559 benzoic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005660 chlorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001914 chlorine tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCO MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OCQXXFGWFHLCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl 4-(chloromethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate Chemical compound ClCC1=CC(=NC(=C1)C(=O)OCC)C(=O)OCC OCQXXFGWFHLCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- MFUCSDWCZDCFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl 4-(iodomethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(CI)=CC(C(=O)OC)=N1 MFUCSDWCZDCFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQSJODYQARZVIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl 4-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyloxymethyl]pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=NC(C(=O)OC)=CC(COS(=O)(=O)C=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)=C1 QQSJODYQARZVIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MXTMXRYBYWOAGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl(diphenyl)azanium Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[N+](C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 MXTMXRYBYWOAGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N erbium Chemical compound [Er] UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OAMZXMDZZWGPMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;toluene Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O.CC1=CC=CC=C1 OAMZXMDZZWGPMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNBHUCHAFZUEGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium(3+) Chemical compound [Eu+3] LNBHUCHAFZUEGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005283 ground state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N holmium atom Chemical compound [Ho] KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007031 hydroxymethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002962 imidazol-1-yl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013067 intermediate product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011133 lead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000622 liquid--liquid extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000504 luminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium atom Chemical compound [Lu] OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- GXHFUVWIGNLZSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N meldrum's acid Chemical compound CC1(C)OC(=O)CC(=O)O1 GXHFUVWIGNLZSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLSZMDLNRCVEIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylimidazole Natural products CC1=CNC=N1 XLSZMDLNRCVEIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012218 nanoagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006396 nitration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003129 oil well Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical class [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N praseodymium atom Chemical compound [Pr] PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004094 preconcentration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011045 prefiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N promethium atom Chemical compound [Pm] VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- GJAWHXHKYYXBSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolinic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1C(O)=O GJAWHXHKYYXBSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012857 radioactive material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HCWPIIXVSYCSAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N radium atom Chemical compound [Ra] HCWPIIXVSYCSAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052704 radon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SYUHGPGVQRZVTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N radon atom Chemical compound [Rn] SYUHGPGVQRZVTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012265 solid product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010183 spectrum analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- GOLXNESZZPUPJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N spiromesifen Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(C(O1)=O)=C(OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C)C11CCCC1 GOLXNESZZPUPJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002317 succinimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006277 sulfonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfurochloridic acid Chemical compound OS(Cl)(=O)=O XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003325 tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007070 tosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000870 ultraviolet spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- DNYWZCXLKNTFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N uranium Chemical compound [U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U] DNYWZCXLKNTFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ytterbium Chemical compound [Yb] NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/06—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
- C09K11/07—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials having chemically interreactive components, e.g. reactive chemiluminescent compositions
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B47/00—Survey of boreholes or wells
- E21B47/10—Locating fluid leaks, intrusions or movements
- E21B47/11—Locating fluid leaks, intrusions or movements using tracers; using radioactivity
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/55—Acids; Esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/79—Acids; Esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/89—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K8/00—Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
- C09K8/02—Well-drilling compositions
- C09K8/03—Specific additives for general use in well-drilling compositions
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
- E21B43/16—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B49/00—Testing the nature of borehole walls; Formation testing; Methods or apparatus for obtaining samples of soil or well fluids, specially adapted to earth drilling or wells
- E21B49/08—Obtaining fluid samples or testing fluids, in boreholes or wells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6408—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence with measurement of decay time, time resolved fluorescence
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6428—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
- G01N21/643—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" non-biological material
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
- C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/18—Metal complexes
- C09K2211/182—Metal complexes of the rare earth metals, i.e. Sc, Y or lanthanide
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E21—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; MINING
- E21B—EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
- E21B49/00—Testing the nature of borehole walls; Formation testing; Methods or apparatus for obtaining samples of soil or well fluids, specially adapted to earth drilling or wells
- E21B49/08—Obtaining fluid samples or testing fluids, in boreholes or wells
- E21B49/087—Well testing, e.g. testing for reservoir productivity or formation parameters
- E21B49/0875—Well testing, e.g. testing for reservoir productivity or formation parameters determining specific fluid parameters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6408—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence with measurement of decay time, time resolved fluorescence
- G01N2021/641—Phosphorimetry, gated
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6428—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
- G01N2021/6439—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks
- G01N2021/6441—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks with two or more labels
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2201/00—Features of devices classified in G01N21/00
- G01N2201/12—Circuits of general importance; Signal processing
- G01N2201/129—Using chemometrical methods
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to the analysis of petroleum reservoirs using tracers, and methods of making tracers.
- a petroleum reservoir is an underground pool of hydrocarbon compounds contained in porous or fractured rock formations.
- the petroleum in the reservoir is accessed through one or more borings in the earth that penetrate the material above the reservoir and enable transport of the petroleum to the surface.
- Water flooding is used, for example, to increase the pressure within the reservoir, thereby increasing oil production rates; and to displace hydrocarbons with the reservoir.
- Water is ideal for flooding reservoirs due to its ready availability and immiscibility with hydrocarbons. Determining the presence of fluid flow paths between oil wells, and the flow capacity between them, allows for a more detailed description of reservoir heterogeneity and facilitates water flood rate management.
- Cross-well tracers also referred to as inter-well tracers, can be used to obtain information about reservoir fluid flow patterns by injecting the tracer at an injection location, and subsequently retrieving and analyzing a quantity of the injected tracer at a producing location downstream from the injection location.
- the ease-of-use and overall utility of a cross-well tracer depends on a number of attributes, including (1) lesser retention in rock and earth that the tracer is exposed to when traversing a fluid flow path in a reservoir, (2) thermal stability and inertness to the various compounds and materials the tracer encounters in the reservoir, (3) minimal purification, workup, and derivatization after extraction from the reservoir, (4) detectability at lesser concentrations after extraction from the reservoir, (5) a measurable and sensitive response independent of minor variations in the structure of the tracer, and (6) detectability of the response over competing measurement signals attributable to natural constituents in fluid extracted from a reservoir, such as polyaromatic hydrocarbons and salts (that is, background noise).
- attributes including (1) lesser retention in rock and earth that the tracer is exposed to when traversing a fluid flow path in a reservoir, (2) thermal stability and inertness to the various compounds and materials the tracer encounters in the reservoir, (3) minimal purification, workup, and derivatization after extraction from the reservoir, (4) detectability at
- complexing agents for use as cross-well tracers.
- the complexing agents exhibit weak retention in rock, are thermally and chemically stable, and are typically used without purification after extraction. Instead of undergoing chemical derivatization after extraction, the complexing agents can conveniently be exposed to compositions including one or more lanthanide ions to form complexes.
- the complexes formed when exposed to excitation light, emit a fluorescence signal that is temporally delayed relative to fluorescence signals from other components of the extracted reservoir fluid.
- time-gated detection methods can be used to eliminate the fluorescence signals from the other components, allowing essentially background-free measurement of the complexes. Detection of tracer concentrations of parts-per-quadrillion (ppq) or even less, on a mass/mass (m/m) basis, can be achieved.
- tracer concentrations of 100 ppq m/m or less can be achieved.
- 100 ppq m/m or less such as 50 ppq m/m or less, 25 ppq m/m or less, 20 ppq m/m or less, 15 ppq m/m or less, 10 ppq m/m, 5 ppq m/m, 2 ppq m/m, 1 ppq m/m
- tracer concentrations of 10 picomolar (pM) or less (such as 1 pM or less, 500 femtomolar (fM) or less, 200 fM or less, 100 fM or less, 50 fM or less, 25 fM or less, 15 fM or less, 10 fM or less, 5 fM or less, 1 fM or less, 500 attomolar (aM) or less, 200 aM or less, 100 aM or less, 50 aM or less) can be quantitatively detected.
- Complexing agents can also be derivatized to generate libraries of structurally unique identifiers which can be independently injected at multiple injection locations and extracted at a producing location, thus allowing the evaluation and comparison of fluid flow paths that span from each of the injection location to the producing location.
- the disclosed complexing agents can be used to reduce the time and costs associated with mapping the connectivity and heterogeneity of petroleum reservoirs and the management of water flooding-based petroleum extraction.
- this disclosure features methods for analyzing a fluid extracted from a reservoir.
- the methods can include the steps of introducing a first composition that includes a first complexing agent into a reservoir at a first location, extracting a fluid from the reservoir at a second location different from the first location, where the extracted fluid includes a concentration of the first complexing agent, combining the fluid with a second composition that includes a concentration of a lanthanide ion to form a third composition having a concentration of a complex formed by the first complexing agent and the lanthanide ion, exposing a quantity of the complex to electromagnetic radiation for a first time period ending at a time to, detecting fluorescence emission from the quantity of the complex for a second time period starting at a time t 1 >t 0 , where t 1 ⁇ t 0 is greater than 2 microseconds, and determining information about a fluid flow path between the first location and the second location within the reservoir based on the detected fluorescence emission.
- Examples of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- the complex can include water.
- the complex can have a 1:1:2 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water.
- the complex can have a 1:2:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water.
- the complex can have a 1:2:1 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water.
- the complex can have a 1:3:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water.
- the lanthanide ion can be a member of the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- the methods can include, prior to extracting the fluid from the reservoir, introducing a fourth composition with a second complexing agent into the reservoir at a third location, where the third location is different from the first location and the second location, and where the extracted fluid includes a concentration of the second complexing agent.
- the amount of the first complexing agent introduced into the reservoir can be the same as the amount of the second complexing agent introduced into the reservoir.
- the methods can include, prior to extracting the fluid from the reservoir, introducing a fourth composition with a second complexing agent into the reservoir at a third location, where the third location is different from the first location and the second location, and introducing a fifth composition with a third complexing agent into the reservoir at a fourth location, where the fourth location is different from the first location, the second location, and the third location, and where the extracted fluid includes a concentration of the second complexing agent and a concentration of the third complexing agent.
- the amounts of the first, second, and third complexing agents introduced into the reservoir can be the same.
- the methods can include, prior to combining the fluid with the second composition, separating the first complexing agent from the second complexing agent in the fluid, and separating the third complexing agent from the first and second complexing agents if the fluid includes the third complexing agent.
- the steps of separating the first and third complexing agents can include performing a chromatographic separation.
- a wavelength of the electromagnetic radiation can be in an ultraviolet spectral region.
- the time interval t 1 ⁇ t 0 can be greater than 5 microseconds (for example, greater than 25 microseconds).
- the information about the fluid flow path can include any one or more of a concentration of the first complexing agent, a concentration of the second complexing agent, and a concentration of the third complexing agent.
- the first complexing agent can be a tridentate ligand.
- the first complexing agent can be a compound having a general structure given by Formula (I), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (I):
- X can be present or absent, and when present, can be a member of the group that includes: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each of C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene can be optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- R can be a member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy, optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH
- R a in Formula (I) can independently be one of (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independently members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with from 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl can be optionally substituted with from 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10
- R b in Formula (I) can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (x
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes from 3-8 ring atoms, and the ring can include: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms, in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′, which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- X can be C 1-10 alkylene.
- R can be selected from the group that includes (ii) —OR a , where the R a of —OR a is not (i) H or (ii) C 1-8 alkyl substituted with —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl, (vi) —CO 2 R a , where the R a of —CO 2 R a is not H, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are
- R a can be an independent members of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can be independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl; (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl; (xii)
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- X can be —CH 2 —.
- R can be (ii) —OR a , where the R a of —OR a is not (i) H or (ii) C 1-8 alkyl substituted with —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
- R can be a member of the group that includes (ix) —NR a R a , where one R a is H, (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , where at least one R a is H, (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , where the R a bonded to N is H, and (xii) —NR a C(O)R a .
- R can be a member of the group that includes (vi) —CO 2 R a , where the R a of —CO 2 R a is not H, and (xx) —C(O)R a .
- the first complexing agent can be tetradentate.
- the first complexing agent can be a compound having a general structure given by Formula (II), or an anion or salt of a compound having the general structure of Formula (II):
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- each R 1 and R 2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) ——(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- R 1 and R 2 can be an independent member of the group that includes (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the group that includes
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C —(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- X 1 and X 2 can both be absent.
- R 1 and R 2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , and (xii) —NR a C(O)R a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NHR a , (x) —NHC(O)NHR a , (xi) —NHC(O)OR a , and (xii) —NHC(O)R a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (ix) —NHR a .
- R a can be (ii) C 1-8 alkyl substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , where at least one of the R b is (xv) —OH.
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (x) —NHC(O)NHR a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (xi) —NHC(O)OR a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (xii) —NHC(O)R a .
- each of R 1 and R 2 can be the same, or alternatively, each of R 1 and R 2 can be different.
- the first complexing agent can be a compound having a general structure given by Formula (III), or an anion or salt of a compound having the general structure of Formula (III):
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- each R 1 and R 2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) ——(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- R 1 and R 2 can be an independent member of the group that includes (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the group that includes
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C —(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- X 1 and X 2 can both be absent.
- R 1 and R 2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , and (xii) —NR a C(O)R a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NHR a , (x) —NHC(O)NHR a , (xi) —NHC(O)OR a , and (xii) —NHC(O)R a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (ix) —NHR a .
- R a can be (ii) C 1-8 alkyl substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , where at least one of the R b is (xv) —OH.
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (x) —NHC(O)NHR a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (xi) —NHC(O)OR a .
- R 1 and R 2 can each be (xii) —NHC(O)R a .
- each of R 1 and R 2 can be the same, or alternatively, each of R 1 and R 2 can be different.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- this disclosure features methods of forming a complex that includes a complexing agent and a lanthanide ion, the methods including introducing the complexing agent into a subterranean reservoir at a first location, allowing the complexing agent to propagate through at least a portion of the reservoir to a second location different from the first location, extracting the complexing agent from the reservoir at the second location, and combining the extracted complexing agent with a solution that includes the lanthanide ion to form the complex, where the complexing agent has a general structure given by Formula (I), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (I):
- X can be present or absent, and when present, can be a member of the group that includes: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each of C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene can be optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- R can be a member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy, optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and
- R a in Formula (I) can independently be one of (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independently members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with from 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl can be optionally substituted with from 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10
- R b in Formula (I) can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (x
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes from 3-8 ring atoms, and the ring can include: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms, in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′, which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- X, R, each occurrence of R a , each occurrence of R b , each occurrence of R′ and R′′, and combinations of these structural units can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (I) for these structural units.
- the complex can include water.
- the complex can include a molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water of 1:1:2, or 1:2:1, or 1:3:0.
- the lanthanide ion can be selected from the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- this disclosure features methods of forming a complex that includes a complexing agent and a lanthanide ion, the methods including introducing the complexing agent into a subterranean reservoir at a first location, allowing the complexing agent to propagate through at least a portion of the reservoir to a second location different from the first location, extracting the complexing agent at a second location, and combining the extracted complexing agent with a solution that includes the lanthanide ion to form the complex, where the complexing agent has a general structure given by Formula (II), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (II):
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- Each R 1 and R 2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) ——(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- X 1 , X 2 , R 1 , R 2 , each occurrence of R a , each occurrence of R b , each occurrence of R′ and R′′, and combinations of these structural units can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (II) for these structural units.
- the complex can include water.
- a molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water can be 1:1:2 or 1:2:0.
- the lanthanide ion can be selected from the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- this disclosure features methods of forming a complex that includes a complexing agent and a lanthanide ion, the methods including introducing the complexing agent into a subterranean reservoir at a first location, allowing the complexing agent to propagate through at least a portion of the reservoir to a second location different from the first location, extracting the complexing agent at a second location, and combining the extracted complexing agent with a solution that includes the lanthanide ion to form the complex, where the complexing agent has a general structure given by Formula (III), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (III):
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- Each R 1 and R 2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) ——(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- X 1 , X 2 , R 1 , R 2 , each occurrence of R a , each occurrence of R b , each occurrence of R′ and R′′, and combinations of these structural units can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (III) for these structural units.
- the complex can include water.
- a molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water can be 1:1:2 or 1:2:0.
- the lanthanide ion can be selected from the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- this disclosure features complexing agents having a general structure given by Formula (I), and anions and salts of the general structure of Formula (I):
- X can be present or absent, and when present, can be a member of the group that includes: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each of C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene can be optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- R can be a member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy, optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and
- R a in Formula (I) can independently be one of (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independently members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with from 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl can be optionally substituted with from 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10
- R b in Formula (I) can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (x
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes from 3-8 ring atoms, and the ring can include: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms, in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′, which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can include any one or more of the following features.
- X, R, each occurrence of R a , each occurrence of R b , each occurrence of R′ and R′′, and combinations of these structural units can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (I) for these structural units.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- this disclosure features complexing agents having a general structure given by Formula (II), and anions and salts of the general structure of Formula (II).
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- Each R 1 and R 2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) ——(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can include any one or more of the following features.
- X 1 , X 2 , R 1 , R 2 , each occurrence of R a , each occurrence of R b , each occurrence of R′ and R′′, and combinations of these structural units can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (II) for these structural units.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- this disclosure features complexing agents having a general structure given by Formula (III), and anions and salts of the general structure of Formula (III):
- each of X 1 and X 2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- Each R 1 and R 2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —OR a , (iii) C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iv) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO 2 R a , (vii) —CONR a R a , (viii) cyano, (ix) —NR a R a , (x) —NR a C(O)NR a R a , (xi) —NR a C(O)OR a , (xii) —NR a C(O)R a , (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O
- R a can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C 1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of R b , (iii) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-C 3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (iv) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of R b , (v) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-(C 6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of R b , or (vi) —(C 0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of
- R b can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C 1-6 alkyl, (iv) C 2-6 alkenyl, (v) C 2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C 1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C 1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C 1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C 1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C 0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) ——(C
- R′ and R′′ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C 1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can include any one or more of the following features.
- X 1 , X 2 , R 1 , R 2 , each occurrence of R a , each occurrence of R b , each occurrence of R′ and R′′, and combinations of these structural units can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (III) for these structural units.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- distinguishing moiety refers to a moiety bonded to the fluorescent (for example, aromatic) portion of a complexing agent that distinguishes the complexing agent on the basis of chemical structure from other complexing agents with different moieties bound to their respective fluorescent portions.
- tracer As used throughout, the terms “tracer”, “cross-well tracer”, and “inter-well tracer” each refer to a compound or agent (for example, a complexing agent) that is typically injected into one location of a reservoir, and then extracted from another location (that is, as part of a sample of fluid extracted from the reservoir).
- the presence or absence of the tracer for example, can provide information about the connectivity between the injection and extraction locations, and the concentration of the tracer can provide information about flow capacity between the two locations.
- hydrocarbon refers to a fluid that includes 1% or more by volume of one or more organic compounds from natural sources.
- the one or more organic compounds can include naturally occurring compounds extracted or otherwise liberated from a subterranean reservoir.
- the fluid can also include other compounds such as, but not limited to, water.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic plot of time-resolved luminescence emission of components of a fluid extracted from a petroleum reservoir.
- FIG. 2A is a luminescence spectrum of a complexed lanthanide ion and a bare lanthanide ion.
- FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing absorption of incident light and luminescence emission from a complexed lanthanide ion.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing examples of two complexing agent structures.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a process for the use of a complexing agent as a cross-well tracer, and subsequent complex formation.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a process for recovery, purification, and analysis of three different complexing agents.
- FIG. 6 is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for a complexing agent heated for different times.
- FIG. 7A is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed and un-complexed europium.
- FIG. 7B is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed europium, water extracted from a reservoir, and un-complexed europium.
- FIG. 8 is a plot of normalized concentration of a complexing agent against pore volumes for a complexing agent and a sodium bromide (NaBr) tracer.
- FIG. 9 is a plot of normalized concentration of a complexing agent vs. pore volumes for a complexing agent and a fluorinated benzoic acid (FBA) tracer.
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing example steps for a method of analyzing a fluid that includes a complexing agent extracted from a reservoir.
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing example steps for a method of analyzing a fluid that includes three complexing agents extracted from a reservoir.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing a process for the use of several complexing agents as cross-well tracers.
- FIG. 13A is a high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) trace of response factor against retention time for four dipicolinic acid (DPA) analogs.
- HPLC high-pressure liquid chromatography
- FIG. 13B is a plot of fluorescence intensity against wavelength for three DPA analogs.
- FIG. 14A is a plot of fluorescence intensity against wavelength for a DPA analog complexed with terbium ions in an acetate buffer.
- FIG. 14B is a plot of fluorescence intensity against wavelength for a DPA analog complexed with terbium ions in produced water from an extraction site.
- FIG. 15A is a plot showing recovered normalized concentration as a function of pore volume for a molecular tracer and KCl reference tracer in a limestone core.
- FIG. 15B is a plot showing cumulative recovery as a function of pore volume for a molecular tracer and KCl reference tracer in a limestone core.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing injector and producer wells in an oilfield.
- FIG. 17 is a recovery curve for a molecular tracer in produced water.
- FIGS. 18A-18C are plots showing reference reservoir models.
- FIGS. 18D-18F are plots showing history-matched oilfield production rates for the reservoir models of FIGS. 18A-18C .
- FIGS. 18G-18I are plots showing net present value for reservoirs managed with and without molecular tracer information for the reservoir models of FIGS. 18A-18C .
- FIG. 19 is a set of plots showing liquid chromatograms for nine different molecular tracers.
- cross-well tracers to map the connectivity and heterogeneity of hydrocarbon reservoirs enables the identification of wells that are contributing to hydrocarbon production and fluid tracing, allowing informed adjustment of well rates to achieve a more balanced water flood. Further, for mature fields under peripheral water flooding programs that could benefit from infill drilling, implementation of a full-field cross-well tracer program that elucidates the existence of faults and greater permeability zones can greatly reduce the uncertainties for waterflood management and justify the expensive drilling/workover programs for the field.
- FBA's fluorinated benzoic acids
- GC/MS ultra-sensitive gas chromatography mass spectrometry
- ppt parts per trillion
- inter-well tracers may improve both history matching and production optimization in realistic reservoir models.
- the present disclosure features families of inter-well tracers that can be detected rapidly (e.g., in real time or near-real time), that can be sampled automatically with reduced work-up relative to conventional tracers, that can be transported comparatively long distances between injection and production sites, and that exhibit reduced retention in the reservoir matrix relative to conventional tracers.
- the molecular tracers (also referred to as complexing agents) described are able to traverse a pathway from the injection location to a designated producing well for extraction.
- the tracers are designed to have relatively high solubility in fluids that naturally occur and circulate in reservoirs (for example, water or hydrocarbon compounds), and a relatively weak affinity for the various bedrock and earth formations that the tracers are exposed to while moving through the reservoir.
- the tracers disclosed herein having a relatively high reservoir mobility.
- having a relatively high mobility manifests as having a relatively low retention in reservoir rocks.
- the tracers disclosed herein have a retention in reservoir rocks of less than 50 micrograms per gram (g/g) of reservoir rocks (such as less than 40 ⁇ g/g, less than 30 ⁇ g/g, less than g/g, less than 15 ⁇ g/g, less than 10 ⁇ g/g, less than 5 ⁇ g/g, less than 2 ⁇ g/g, less than 1 ⁇ g/g).
- the various structural features of the tracers may be responsible for the relatively high reservoir fluid solubility and relatively low earth retention characteristics of the tracers. This may be due, for example, to the combination of polar functional groups and lipophilic aromatic groups present in some embodiments of the tracers.
- the relatively high mobility of the tracers will later be demonstrated and discussed in the context of mobility experiments that simulate the conditions that the tracers encounter in reservoirs.
- the tracers after recovery from a producing well, are optically detectable in the produced fluid at parts per quadrillion concentrations or less after a facile and selective complex formation step with trivalent lanthanide elements, and with minimal background signal due to other contaminants.
- the disclosed complexing agents encounter reservoir fluids with excess naturally-occurring divalent and trivalent ions.
- divalent and trivalent ions may bind with lanthanide ions competitively, generating complexes that may also fluoresce, thus contributing to the fluorescence background.
- the fluorescence background may also contain, for example, contributions due to polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAH's).
- FIG. 1 is a schematic plot of time-resolved fluorescence and luminescence emission of components of a fluid extracted from a petroleum reservoir, after exposure to trivalent lanthanide elements.
- flash excitation 100 which ends at a time to, the lanthanide complexes formed between the tracers and lanthanide elements have a long excited state lifetime 104 , luminescing on a time scale of milliseconds (ms) to microseconds ( ⁇ s).
- the complex's luminescence occurs for a time period greater than 5 microseconds (for example, greater than 8 ⁇ s, greater than 10 ⁇ s, greater than 15 ⁇ s, greater than 20 ⁇ s, greater than 25 ⁇ s, greater than 30 ⁇ s, greater than 35 ⁇ s, greater than 40 ⁇ s, greater than 50 ⁇ s, greater than 100 ⁇ s, greater than 200 s, greater than 300 s, greater than 500 s, greater than 700 s, greater than 1 millisecond (ms), greater than 2 ms, greater than 5 ms, greater than 10 ms) after excitation is complete.
- 5 microseconds for example, greater than 8 ⁇ s, greater than 10 ⁇ s, greater than 15 ⁇ s, greater than 20 ⁇ s, greater than 25 ⁇ s, greater than 30 ⁇ s, greater than 35 ⁇ s, greater than 40 ⁇ s, greater than 50 ⁇ s, greater than 100 ⁇ s, greater than 200 s, greater than 300 s, greater than 500 s, greater than 700
- the long excited state lifetime occurs due to parity-forbidden transitions between lanthanide ion excited and ground states, which occur significantly more slowly than parity-allowed state-to-state transitions during excitation and further, significantly more slowly than background fluorescence arising from parity allowed excited-to-ground state transitions among other components of the reservoir fluid.
- a lanthanide ion is in close proximity to a sensitizing chromophore that either has a strong dipole moment or is anionic such that is can associate ionically with the lanthanide ion
- significant enhancement of the lanthanide ion luminescence occurs because the sensitization process circumvents the LaPorte selection rules that normally forbid f-f transitions.
- This difference in time scales separates the luminescence signal of the lanthanide complex from the background fluorescent signals 102 , which are emitted from the other components (which, in some embodiments, are contaminants) found in the extracted fluid, and become undetectable at a time t 1 .
- the difference in excited state lifetimes and concomitant difference in the temporal evolution of emission from the lanthanide complexes and background components allows gating of the optical detector such that the detector can be used to measure luminescence from the complex alone, after fluorescence from background components in the extracted fluid has decayed.
- FIG. 2A is a luminescence spectrum of a complexed lanthanide ion and a bare lanthanide ion.
- the bare lanthanide ion has a peak 200 that is of lesser intensity than the intensity of the complexed lanthanide ion peak 202 .
- FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing absorption of incident light and luminescence emission from a complexed lanthanide ion.
- the greater quantum yield of luminescence from the lanthanide complex is due to the antenna-like function of the fluorophoric complexing agent 210 , which absorbs incident light 212 .
- the ligand then transfers this excitation by process 214 to the lanthanide ion 216 , which then emits fluorescence 218 .
- the ligand functions as an energy harvester to, for example, overcome the lesser magnitude molar absorptivities of lanthanide ions and bypass the selection rules associated with transitions to the luminescent lanthanide excited state, thus increasing the quantum yield of the luminescence process.
- luminescence can be enhanced by, for example, three orders of magnitude relative to a bare lanthanide ion.
- the luminescence intensities of lanthanide ions can be enhanced to this degree by exposing the ions to a molar excess of tracer (also referred to as complexing agent) relative to the ion. It is believed that this results in the exclusion of water molecules from the formed complex, thus maximizing the number of complexing ligands included in the complex.
- Another feature of the disclosed tracers is the ability to derivatize the tracers with functional groups (also referred to as “distinguishing moieties”) to generate analogs.
- functional groups also referred to as “distinguishing moieties”
- Each of several of these analogs can be injected at a different injection location in a reservoir. After extracting a fluid from a producing well, the various analogs can be separated by virtue of their different chemical identities.
- the resulting purified tracers form complexes with lanthanide ions and are detected via luminescence emission. Since the light-capturing portion of each tracer is the same, each complex will luminesce with similar intensity, and over a similar temporal window. This allows for information to be gathered on multiple flow paths extending between different injection sites and a common recovery site.
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a series of example steps for a method of analyzing a fluid extracted from a reservoir.
- a first composition including a first complexing agent is introduced into a reservoir at a first location.
- the first location is an injection well.
- a fluid is extracted from the reservoir at a second location different from the first location, the fluid including a concentration of the first complexing agent that is present in the fluid following injection at the first location in step 1002 .
- the fluid may also include materials and compounds typically found in the earth's crust, for example: water, heavy metals (for example, iron, manganese, chromium, vanadium, or zirconium), salts (for example, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, or sodium salts (for example, sodium chloride)), naturally occurring radioactive material (for example, uranium, thorium, radium, or radon), zinc, lead, sulfur, barium, or any combination of the previously listed components.
- heavy metals for example, iron, manganese, chromium, vanadium, or zirconium
- salts for example, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, or sodium salts (for example, sodium chloride)
- naturally occurring radioactive material for example, uranium, th
- the fluid includes hydrocarbons (for example, hydrocarbons derived from various forms of petroleum including, but not limited to, paraffinic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic petroleum, naphthenic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic-aromatic petroleum, and aromatic petroleum) and polyaromatic hydrocarbons.
- hydrocarbons for example, hydrocarbons derived from various forms of petroleum including, but not limited to, paraffinic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic petroleum, naphthenic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic-aromatic petroleum, and aromatic petroleum
- polyaromatic hydrocarbons for example, hydrocarbons derived from various forms of petroleum including, but not limited to, paraffinic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic petroleum, naphthenic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic-aromatic petroleum, and aromatic petroleum
- a separation of the complexing agent from one or more of the other components in the fluid is performed, for example to reduce or eliminate spectral contributions from the other
- step 1006 the extracted fluid (or a separated/purified portion of the fluid) is combined with a second composition including a concentration of a lanthanide ion to form a third composition that includes a concentration of a complex formed by the first complexing agent and the lanthanide ion.
- a separation of the complex that is formed from one or more of the other components in the third composition can optionally be performed at this stage to purify the complex prior to subsequent detection.
- a quantity of the third composition (or a purified solution derived from the third composition) is exposed to electromagnetic radiation to detect (and, in some embodiments, quantitatively measure) the complex.
- the wavelength of the exciting electromagnetic radiation is in the ultraviolet region of the spectrum.
- exposure to the illumination radiation occurs for a first time period ending at a time to.
- background components in the third composition undergo fluorescence from time to (which is defined as the time point at which the excitation process has ended) until a later time t 1 (which is defined as the time point at which fluorescence from the background components has decayed to an intensity level that is no longer detectable).
- step 1010 luminescence emission is detected from the irradiated complex, beginning at time t 1 >t 0 .
- the interval t 1 -t 0 is selected to ensure that the measured luminescence emission from the irradiated complex is not contaminated with significant contributions from background components (that is, other components present in the third composition).
- the interval t 1 ⁇ t 0 is greater than 2 microseconds (for example, greater than 5 microseconds, greater than 8 ⁇ s, greater than 10 ⁇ s, greater than 15 ⁇ s, greater than 20 ⁇ s, greater than 25 ⁇ s, greater than 30 ⁇ s, greater than 35 ⁇ s, greater than 40 ⁇ s, greater than 50 ⁇ s, or greater than 100 ⁇ s).
- step 1012 information is determined about fluid flow between the first location (the injection site) and the second location (the extraction site) within the reservoir based on the detected luminescence emission.
- the information can indicate, for example, whether a particular injection bore and extraction bore are interconnected through the reservoir, and, if connected, can also indicate how fluid flows through the reservoir.
- Correlations between the presence of the tracer in the extracted fluid and the elapsed time between injection and detection of the tracer can also provide information about fluid flow through the reservoir.
- the elapsed time between injection and the appearance of the tracer in the extracted fluid (for example, in a measurement process where fluid is extracted periodically and analyzed) can provide information about the fluid flow capacity of the reservoir, the interconnected-ness of flow pathways, and residual oil saturation, which is difficult to acquire directly by other means.
- the information includes the concentration of the first complexing agent. Due to the enhancement of luminescence of the complexes and reduction or elimination of background fluorescence, as discussed previously, a minimum concentration of the first complexing agent in the third composition (formed in step 1006 ) that can be detected is between about 1 part per million and about 1 part per sextillion (for example, about 1 part per million and about 299 parts per billion, about 300 parts per billion (ppb) and about 1.1 parts per billion (ppb), about 1 part per billion (ppb) and about 499 parts per quadrillion (ppq), about 500 parts per quadrillion and about 1.1 parts per quadrillion, about 1 part per quadrillion (ppb) and about 499 parts per quintillion (ppq), about 500 parts per quintillion and about 1.1 parts per quintillion, about 1 part per quintillion and about 499 parts per sextillion, about 500 parts per sextillion and about 1 part per sextillion).
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a process for the use of a complexing agent as a cross-well tracer.
- the complexing agent 400 is introduced into the reservoir 404 through an injection bore at a first location 401 , and propagates through at least a portion of the reservoir 402 .
- a fluid sample is collected from a producing bore at a second location 406 different from the first location 401 .
- the fluid sample which includes the complexing agent, is mixed with a solution 408 containing a specific concentration of one or more lanthanide ions (which, when bare or uncomplexed, have low fluorescence intensities), resulting in the formation of one or more types of complexes 410 .
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a series of example steps of a procedure for analyzing a fluid extracted from a reservoir.
- multiple complexing agents each including a different distinguishing moiety, are introduced into the reservoir at different injection sites.
- Deployment of multiple complexing agents, each injected at a different location into a reservoir allows determination of information about flow paths (such as flow rates) between each injection site and the extraction site.
- flow paths such as flow rates
- a first composition that includes a first complexing agent is introduced into a reservoir at a first location in step 1102 .
- fourth and fifth compositions (which include a second complexing agent and a third complexing agent, respectively, with the designations of these being consistent with the designations previously discussed in connection with FIG. 10 ) are introduced into the reservoir at third and fourth locations, respectively.
- the fourth composition includes a second complexing agent
- the fifth composition includes a third complexing agent.
- Each of the first, third, and fourth locations are different.
- the procedure can also include introducing additional compositions into the reservoir at additional locations.
- any number of compositions can be introduced.
- the number of compositions that are introduced can be three or more (e.g., five or more, ten or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 30 or more, 40 or more, 50 or more, 70 or more, 100 or more, 150 or more, 200 or more, or even more).
- the complexing agent introduced differs from the complexing agents introduced at the other locations so that information specific to the flow path between that location and the extraction location can be determined.
- Each of the complexing agents that are introduced can correspond to one of the complexing agents discussed in a subsequent section.
- step 1106 is omitted and the resulting method includes the introduction of only the first and second complexing agents, with subsequent steps excluding the processing and presence of the third complexing agent.
- a fluid is extracted from the reservoir at a second location that differs from each of the locations where the various compositions were introduced into the reservoir.
- the extracted fluid generally includes a quantity (that is, a concentration) of each of the first, second, and third complexing agents.
- a separation procedure can be performed on the extracted fluid to isolate portions of the first, second, and third complexing agents from one another to facilitate analysis of the complexing agents.
- Suitable separation procedures for isolating the different complexing agents include, but are not limited to, chromatographic separation techniques such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography. In general, these techniques can isolate a relative large number of different complexing agents from an initial mixture. For example, FIG. 19 shows liquid chromatographic traces for nine different complexing agents, each of which elutes from the chromatography column at a different retention time (and is therefore separated from the other complexing agents).
- the extracted fluid (or the complexing agents isolated from the extracted fluid) is (are) combined with a second composition that includes a concentration of one or more types of lanthanide ions to form a third composition.
- complexes are formed between each of the complexing agents present in the extracted fluid and the one or more types of lanthanide ions.
- a separation procedure is typically performed to isolate quantities of the various types of complexes.
- Each type of complex formed acts, in effect, as a “reporter” for fluid flow information within the reservoir between the injection site of the corresponding complexing agent and the extraction site.
- a variety of different separation procedures can be used in step 1110 , including (but not limited to) chromatographic methods (for example, liquid chromatography), extraction, and fractionation.
- each of the isolated quantities of the various complexes are exposed to electromagnetic radiation for a time period ending at time t 0 to induce luminescence emission from each of the complexes.
- the luminescence emission is detected in step 1114 starting at time t 1 >t 0 , following the end of the illumination.
- the interval t 1 ⁇ t 0 is selected so that at time t 1 , fluorescence emission from background components has decayed to a nearly (or completely) undetectable level, such that measurement of luminescence emission from each of the complexes occurs without confounding spectral contributions from background components.
- the interval t 1 ⁇ t 0 can be greater than 2 microseconds.
- step 1116 information is determined about fluid flow paths between the various injection sites of the complexing agents (the first, third, and fourth locations) and the extraction site (the second location) from the measured luminescence of each of the complexes formed from complexing agents recovered at the extraction site.
- this information can include concentrations of each of the complexes (or complexing agents) recovered at the extraction site, flow rates between the various injection sites and the extraction site, and other information about the reservoir structure.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a process for the use of several complexing agents as cross-well tracers as discussed previously in connection with FIG. 11 .
- a first complexing agent is introduced into a reservoir 1200 at a location 1202
- a second complexing agent is introduced into the reservoir at location 1204
- a third complexing agent is introduced into the reservoir at location 1206 .
- Reservoir fluid is extracted at location 1208 , the fluid generally including concentrations of the first, second, and third complexing agents, which have propagated from their respective injection locations through the reservoir to location 1208 .
- the extracted reservoir fluid is then analyzed as discussed previously.
- the example process shown in FIG. 5 can be used, as the process is generally applicable to the purification and analysis of any number of complexing agents.
- the process of FIG. 5 is used to isolate quantities of each of the complexing agents.
- Various separation procedures can be used to isolate the complexing agents.
- liquid chromatographic methods such as ultra-high performance liquid chromatography, high-performance liquid chromatography
- other methods can be used in addition to, or as an alternative to, chromatographic separations. Examples of such methods include solid phase extraction, liquid-liquid extraction and fractionation.
- Each complexing agent now substantially isolated from the other complexing agents, is then combined with a composition that includes lanthanide ions to form complexes, and fluorescence/luminescence spectroscopy methods are used to detect and, in some embodiments, determine quantitative information about the complexes.
- a variety of different complexing agents can be used as molecular tracers to determine information associated with petroleum reservoirs according to the methods that have been discussed.
- various example complexing agents are described. It should be understood that any of the complexing agents discussed in this section can be used alone or in combination with any of the methods discussed in the previous sections of this disclosure to determine information about subsurface reservoirs and fluid flow through the reservoirs.
- any of the first, second, and third complexing agents referenced previously can be selected from among the various compounds corresponding to Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or any combination of these, as will be explained in detail.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing examples of two complexing agent structures.
- the structures of the complexing agents are designed to have three features, shown for two different structures: (1) lanthanide binding group(s) 300 that are capable of chelating lanthanide ions with large equilibrium constants, (2) a light-absorbing region 302 with large extinction coefficient capable of absorbing excitation light efficiently, and (3) derivatizable molecular “handles” 304 that allow for installation of different moieties to generate analogs that can each be deployed at a unique location in a reservoir.
- the complexing agents are monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, or tetradentate ligands that bind to lanthanides through, for example, basic ring member nitrogens, carboxylate groups, or both.
- the complexing agent is a compound of Formula (I), or an anion or salt thereof:
- X is present or absent, and when present, is selected from the group consisting of: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- R is selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- X is C 1-10 alkylene
- R is selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- X is —CH 2 —. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are both absent.
- R is (ii) —OR a , and where the R a of —OR a is not (i) H or (ii) C 1-8 alkyl substituted with —(C 0-3 alkylene)-C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
- R is selected from the group consisting of:
- R is selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl.
- the complexing agent is a compound of Formula (II), or an anion or salt thereof:
- each of X 1 and X 2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R 1 and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- each of X 1 and X 2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R 1 and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- X 1 and X 2 are both —CH 2 —. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are both absent.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from:
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from:
- R 1 and R 2 are each (ix) —NHR a (for example, —N 12 ).
- R a is selected from (ii) C 1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1-3 independently selected R b , where at least one of the R b is (xv) —OH.
- R 1 and R 2 are each (x) —NHC(O)NHR a . In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are each (xi) —NHC(O)OR a . In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are each (xii) —NHC(O)R a .
- each of R 1 and R 2 is the same. In some embodiments, each of R 1 and R 2 is different.
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl.
- the complexing agent is a compound of Formula (III), or an anion or salt thereof:
- each of X 1 and X 2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R 1 and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each of X 1 and X 2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene, where each C 1-10 alkylene, C 2-10 alkenylene, and C 2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R 1 and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R′′ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R′′ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R′′), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- X 1 and X 2 are both —CH 2 —. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are both absent.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from:
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from:
- R 1 and R 2 are each (ix) —NHR a (for example, —N 12 ).
- R a is selected from (ii) C 1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1-3 independently selected R b , where at least one of the R b is (xv) —OH.
- R 1 and R 2 are each (x) —NHC(O)NHR a . In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are each (xi) —NHC(O)OR a . In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are each (xii) —NHC(O)R a . In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are each —Cl.
- each of R 1 and R 2 is the same. In some embodiments, each of R 1 and R 2 is different.
- each occurrence of R a is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R b is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- each occurrence of R′ and R′′ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1-4 alkyl.
- the complex includes water. In some embodiments, the complex includes two or more different complexing agents. Combinations of different complexing agents can be selected from among any of the agents disclosed previously.
- the resulting complex can have a variety of different geometries about the lanthanide ion.
- geometries include, but are not limited to: trigonal bipyramidal; square pyramidal; octahedral; trigonal prismatic; pentagonal bipyramidal; face capped octahedral; trigonal prismatic, square face monocapped; cubic; square antiprismatic; dodecahedral; trigonal hexagonal bypyramidal; octahedral, trans-bicapped; trigonal prismatic, triangular face bicapped; trigonal prismatic, square face bicapped; and tricapped trigonal prismatic.
- any of the lanthanide elements can be used to form luminescent complexes for tracer detection.
- the lanthanide ion in each complex can be selected from the group consisting of lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium, and lutetium.
- the lanthanide ion is selected from the group consisting of samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- the complex of Formula (I) includes a 1:1:2 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water. In some embodiments, the complex of Formula (I) includes a 1:2:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water.
- the complex of Formula (II) includes a 1:1:2 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water. In some embodiments, the complex of Formula (II) includes a 1:2:1 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water.
- the complex of Formula (II) includes a 1:3:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water.
- the information obtained using the methods described above can be used to analyze and improve reservoir production.
- information obtained from cross-well tracers that incorporate the foregoing complexing agents can be used to adjust a variety of control parameters such as water injection rates and fluid extraction rates, to manage reservoir production.
- the use of tracer information can increase constraints on history matching processes that are used for reservoir analysis, and can provide a more cost-effective and non-instrusive method for monitoring and managing reservoirs than conventional methods such as pressure interference studies, loggings, additional well drillings, and tomography.
- inter-well tracer information can be integrated into algorithms such as an ensemble smoother with multiple data assimilation (ES-MDA-Tracer), which can improve history matching using using integrated production and tracer information, thereby generating accurate reservoir geological models with improved prediction accuracy.
- ES-MDA-Tracer ensemble smoother with multiple data assimilation
- Such models can then be used to improve or optimize reservoir production.
- a variety of complexing agents of Formula (I), each having distinguishing moieties, were prepared through the derivatization of dimethyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate and dimethyl 4-chloropyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate as depicted in forthcoming Scheme 2.
- a versatile hydroxymethylated scaffold was prepared through hydroxymethylation of dimethyl pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (part “a”).
- various transformations for example, tosylation, iodination, part “b” were carried out to generate a variety of complexing agents.
- Part “c” depicts the functionalization of a separate DPA derivative, dimethyl 4-chloropyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate, with imidazole-based moieties.
- Part “d” illustrates the functionalization of dimethyl 4-carboxypyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate, a synthetic precursor achieved from the oxidation of dimethyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (shown in part “b”).
- Zwitterionic derivatives of DPA may also be synthesized from its imidazole-conjugated variants, as shown in part “e”.
- the pyridine dicarboxylic acids were first esterified to their methyl esters according to the procedure outlined below.
- a mixture of the resultant product (1 eq.) and 1,3-propanesultone (3 eq.) was then heated at 130° C. for 2 h.
- the crude reaction was washed with MeOH and the resulting precipitate was filtered to give the desired product as a brown powder.
- Subsequent acid catalyzed hydrolysis was carried out as follows: compounds (dimethyl ester form) were suspended in 2 M HCl and heated at 80° C. for 2.5 h. Upon cooling, the desired product formed as a precipitate.
- the mixture was then filtered and washed with acetone to afford the product as a tan to brown powder.
- the dicarboxylic acid (1 eq.) was charged with methanol (50 ml) and concentrated sulfuric acid (3 eq.) and subsequently refluxed for 16 h.
- the methanol was then concentrated in vacuo and the residue was triturated with saturated NaHCO 3 , then water.
- the combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford the desired ester as a tan solid.
- a variety of complexing agents of Formula (II), each having a unique distinguishing moiety, were prepared through the derivatization of bathocuproine (2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline) as shown in Scheme 3a. Chlorination of bathocuproine followed by subsequent oxidation yields 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid (DPPDA), an intermediate product which undergoes treatment with HClSO3 to ultimately give 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid disulfonate (BCPDCA).
- bathocuproine 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline
- Scheme 3a Chlorination of bathocuproine followed by subsequent oxidation yields 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid (DPPDA), an intermediate product which undergo
- DPPDA may also undergo nitration to afford 4,7-bis(nitrophenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid, which may undergo further reduction to yield 4,7-bis(aminophenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid.
- a variant of complexing agents of Formula (III), each having distinguishing moieties, was prepared through the derivatization of 1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid as depicted in forthcoming Scheme 4.
- precursor a was synthesized; subsequent reactions using a as a precursor yielded compound b, identified as 4,7-dichloro-2,9-dimethyl-1,10-phenanthroline.
- Compound b then underwent further transformations to yield 4,7-dichloro-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid.
- Trimethyl orthoformate 500 mL, 3.83 mol
- Meldrum's acid (20.0 g, 139 mmol) was brought to a gentle reflux for 15 min.
- the resulting yellow solution was cooled (80° C.) and o-phenylenediamine (6.90 g, 63.1 mmol) was added portionwise (exothermic reaction).
- the resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 h, and left under stirring at rt for 16 h, where a white precipitate formed.
- the precipitate was filtered off, washed with diethyl ether (4 ⁇ 100 mL) and dried to afford the product as a flaky white solid.
- molecular tracers for reservoir characterization is relatively uniform physical and chemical properties across a broad range of (1) salinity (for example, from about 60,000 ppm to about 250,000 ppm total dissolved salts) and (2) temperature (for example, from about 60° C. to about 105° C.), over relatively long periods of time, for example, while the tracer traverses a path from the injection well to the producing well.
- salinity for example, from about 60,000 ppm to about 250,000 ppm total dissolved salts
- temperature for example, from about 60° C. to about 105° C.
- FIG. 6 is a plot showing fluorescence emission as a function of wavelength for BCPDCA heated for different times. Data shown in the six plots in FIG. 6 were measured on six different days over a 12-day interval. The near superposition of the plots indicated that the complex was thermally stable.
- FIG. 7A is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed and un-complexed europium ions.
- the limits of detection were determined to be in the 100's of parts-per-quadrillion (ppq) for complexes that formed between BCPDCA and europium (III) ions in solution, shown by plot 702 .
- ppq parts-per-quadrillion
- FIG. 7B is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed europium, water extracted from a reservoir, and un-complexed europium. It was observed that the PAH's in produced water sensitized the lanthanide ions measurably, as shown by plot 704 . In spite of this, it was possible to detect the presence of the complex to 10's of parts-per-trillion as shown by plot 706 , without any chromatographic separation, pre-concentration, or purification. For reference, the un-complexed europium background is plot 708 . Based on these results, it is expected that purification of the produced water by, for example, ultra-high performance liquid chromatography, would enable a detection limit close to that observed in the deionized water experiment.
- Injection Rate 0.5 mL/min Concentration of Solution 200 ppm BCPDCA tracer in synthetic seawater (C solution ): Solution Preparation: no pre-filtration, no pre-heating Injection Pore Volume (PV inject ): 3.48 Flushing Solution: degassed filtered (0.45 ⁇ m) synthetic seawater (57,670 mg/L TDS) Flush Pore Volume (PV flush ): 5 Sampling Frequency: 5+ vials per pore volume (PV) injected Effluent Analysis: Ultraviolet-visible absorbance (UV-VIS) at 290 nanometers (nm) Irreversible Tracer Retention: 6 ⁇ g/g ⁇ 10%
- a CoreTest Systems Inc. BPS-805Z Permeability System was used as a coreflood device.
- the salinity of both the saturation fluid and injection fluid were matched for each respective experiment (for synthetic seawater, the core was saturated and flooded in seawater and the subsequent tracer ligand injection and flushes were all performed with seawater).
- the seawater used was intended to mimic the ionic composition of the injected fluid used throughout Saudi Arabia during water-flooding operations.
- an Agilent spectrophotometer was used to measure the UV-VIS absorbance at a wavelength of 270 nm for DPA, and 290 nm for BCPDCA.
- a bromine ion selective electrode was used to measure the eluents.
- a new 5-point calibration curve was made for each experiment measured.
- a normalized concentration was derived for each fraction collected, annotated as C/C 0 (fraction of effluent sample concentration divided by input concentration; a value of 1.0 indicates the effluent solution is equal to the injected concentration).
- the fraction collector vials were weighed before and after sample collection to determine a collected mass from each vial.
- the known mass along with the known densities of the injection fluids allowed for volume calculations and validation of the injection rates.
- FIG. 8 is a plot of normalized concentration of BCPDCA vs. pore volumes for a complexing agent and an NaBr tracer.
- the effluent curve 800 of the BCPDCA tracer was very similar to that of the 0.1M NaBr non-reactive ionic tracer curve plot 802 , indicating that the core allowed passage of the complexing agent.
- the vertical solid and dotted lines indicate when a flush was initiated in the BCPDCA and NaBr experiments, respectively.
- FIG. 9 is a plot of normalized concentration of DPA vs. pore volumes for DPA and a fluorinated benzoic acid (FBA) tracer.
- the effluent curve 900 of the DPA tracer tracked very closely with that of the FBA curve 902 .
- the steep increase before 1 pore volume indicated little to no retention of the tracers.
- FIG. 13A is an HPLC trace of response factor vs. retention time for DPA and each of the three DPA derivatives.
- the order of elution was (1) DPA, represented by peak 1306 , (2) 4-ethylimidazol-1-yl DPA, represented by peak 1304 , (3) 4-methylimidazol-1-yl DPA, represented by peak 1302 , and (4) imidazol-1-yl DPA, represented by peak 1300 ,
- FIG. 13B is a plot of fluorescence intensity vs. wavelength for the 3 analogs.
- Plot 1350 shows the curve for DPA
- plot 1352 shows the curve for 4-methylimidazol-1-yl DPA
- plot 1354 shows the curve for imidazol-1-yl DPA.
- both the ideal ionic tracer, potassium chloride (KCl), and one of the molecular tracers described above were injected at the same pulse width of 0.5 pore volume (PV).
- the concentration of KCl was 1000 ppm in seawater, whereas the molecular tracer concentration was 100 ppm. Injection was followed by several PV chase of synthetic seawater.
- the concentration of potassium ions in the effluent was determined using ion chromatography while the concentration of the molecular tracer was measured by UV-Vis spectrophotometry.
- FIG. 15A is a plot showing normalized recovered concentrations (breakthrough curves) of the KCl and molecular tracers as a function of eluted pore volumes. Since the experiment was performed with both tracers injected in the same pulse width, many potential sources of experimental error were eliminated. The slight tailing associated with the distal portion of the curve for the molecular tracer was attributed to diffusion or retention. Since the small ions of the KCl tracer should be at least as diffusive as the larger tracer molecules, it is likely that greater reversible retention of the tracer (small molecules) compared to the K+ ions occurred, similar to what has been observed in other studies.
- FIG. 15B shows mass recovery plots for both tracers. The plots suggest that there was negligible irreversible retention of the molecular tracer, indicating good transport through the rock matrices at simulated reservoir temperature and pressure.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing well sites in a specific field.
- well pair I3-P3 was chosen (a separation of 475 m).
- connectivity has been thoroughly characterized in previous water tracer studies and nanoagent tracer field tests.
- a total of 5 kg of the first molecular tracer was first dissolved in approximately 200 L of deionized water.
- a pre-flush of 4 barrels of treated seawater was administered at a rate of 0.35 bbl/min.
- the molecular tracer was injected at I3 at a rate of 0.40 bbl/min.
- a post flush with 10 barrels of treated seawater was injected at 0.5 bbl/min.
- Produced water samples from producer well P3 were collected twice weekly. A cursory clean-up procedure involving solid phase extraction and fraction collection on a high performance liquid chromatograph was performed before the addition of lanthanide ions for the fluorescence measurements. With these additional steps, the cycle time for sample work up was still comparatively shorter than tracer detection methodologies for FBAs using quadrupole GC/MS.
- the recovery curve of the first molecular tracer is shown in FIG. 17 .
- the data point on Day 0 refers to the background noise floor level to be expected for the analysis method for this particular tracer. Consistent above-background signal from the tracer could be detected after Day 50 and the signal trended upward unambiguously. However, due to long periods of well shut down for planned maintenance, no samples were collected between 100 days and 130 days after injection, as indicated on the plot. Other significant well shut down periods are also indicated. When the sample collection resumed, the upward trend of detectable tracer concentration continued, signifying breakthrough of the first molecular tracer.
- tracer data can improve field production net present values (NPVs) by +0.3% to +9.4% for non-homogeneously flooded reservoirs.
- NPVs field production net present values
- FIGS. 18A-18C Permeability fields of the scaled-up reference reservoir models with five-spot waterflood patterns are shown in FIGS. 18A-18C .
- FIGS. 18D-18F are plots showing history matching results from the ensemble smoother with multiple data assimilation with molecular tracer data (ES-MDA-Tracer) algorithm. As shown in the figures, very good history matching was achieved for the first two models ( FIGS. 18D and 18E ) with early water and tracer breakthroughs. In contrast, for the third model ( FIG. 18F ), late water breakthrough resulted in less optimal history matching.
- FIGS. 18G-18I are plots showing field production net present value (NPV) for the period from 5,000 to 10,000 days with waterflood optimization using reservoir models history matched with and without molecular tracer data.
- NPV field production net present value
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Geology (AREA)
- Mining & Mineral Resources (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- General Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
- Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
- Geochemistry & Mineralogy (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Geophysics (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Investigating, Analyzing Materials By Fluorescence Or Luminescence (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a divisional of and claims the benefit of priority to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/252,228, filed on Jan. 18, 2019, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/619,000, filed on Jan. 18, 2018, and to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/758,046, filed on Nov. 9, 2018, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- This disclosure relates to the analysis of petroleum reservoirs using tracers, and methods of making tracers.
- A petroleum reservoir is an underground pool of hydrocarbon compounds contained in porous or fractured rock formations. The petroleum in the reservoir is accessed through one or more borings in the earth that penetrate the material above the reservoir and enable transport of the petroleum to the surface. Water flooding is used, for example, to increase the pressure within the reservoir, thereby increasing oil production rates; and to displace hydrocarbons with the reservoir. Water is ideal for flooding reservoirs due to its ready availability and immiscibility with hydrocarbons. Determining the presence of fluid flow paths between oil wells, and the flow capacity between them, allows for a more detailed description of reservoir heterogeneity and facilitates water flood rate management.
- Cross-well tracers, also referred to as inter-well tracers, can be used to obtain information about reservoir fluid flow patterns by injecting the tracer at an injection location, and subsequently retrieving and analyzing a quantity of the injected tracer at a producing location downstream from the injection location. The ease-of-use and overall utility of a cross-well tracer depends on a number of attributes, including (1) lesser retention in rock and earth that the tracer is exposed to when traversing a fluid flow path in a reservoir, (2) thermal stability and inertness to the various compounds and materials the tracer encounters in the reservoir, (3) minimal purification, workup, and derivatization after extraction from the reservoir, (4) detectability at lesser concentrations after extraction from the reservoir, (5) a measurable and sensitive response independent of minor variations in the structure of the tracer, and (6) detectability of the response over competing measurement signals attributable to natural constituents in fluid extracted from a reservoir, such as polyaromatic hydrocarbons and salts (that is, background noise).
- This disclosure features complexing agents for use as cross-well tracers. The complexing agents exhibit weak retention in rock, are thermally and chemically stable, and are typically used without purification after extraction. Instead of undergoing chemical derivatization after extraction, the complexing agents can conveniently be exposed to compositions including one or more lanthanide ions to form complexes.
- The complexes formed, when exposed to excitation light, emit a fluorescence signal that is temporally delayed relative to fluorescence signals from other components of the extracted reservoir fluid. As a result, time-gated detection methods can be used to eliminate the fluorescence signals from the other components, allowing essentially background-free measurement of the complexes. Detection of tracer concentrations of parts-per-quadrillion (ppq) or even less, on a mass/mass (m/m) basis, can be achieved. For example, tracer concentrations of 100 ppq m/m or less (such as 50 ppq m/m or less, 25 ppq m/m or less, 20 ppq m/m or less, 15 ppq m/m or less, 10 ppq m/m, 5 ppq m/m, 2 ppq m/m, 1 ppq m/m) can be achieved. Within extracted fluid, tracer concentrations of 10 picomolar (pM) or less (such as 1 pM or less, 500 femtomolar (fM) or less, 200 fM or less, 100 fM or less, 50 fM or less, 25 fM or less, 15 fM or less, 10 fM or less, 5 fM or less, 1 fM or less, 500 attomolar (aM) or less, 200 aM or less, 100 aM or less, 50 aM or less) can be quantitatively detected.
- Complexing agents can also be derivatized to generate libraries of structurally unique identifiers which can be independently injected at multiple injection locations and extracted at a producing location, thus allowing the evaluation and comparison of fluid flow paths that span from each of the injection location to the producing location. Thus, the disclosed complexing agents can be used to reduce the time and costs associated with mapping the connectivity and heterogeneity of petroleum reservoirs and the management of water flooding-based petroleum extraction.
- In a first aspect, this disclosure features methods for analyzing a fluid extracted from a reservoir. The methods can include the steps of introducing a first composition that includes a first complexing agent into a reservoir at a first location, extracting a fluid from the reservoir at a second location different from the first location, where the extracted fluid includes a concentration of the first complexing agent, combining the fluid with a second composition that includes a concentration of a lanthanide ion to form a third composition having a concentration of a complex formed by the first complexing agent and the lanthanide ion, exposing a quantity of the complex to electromagnetic radiation for a first time period ending at a time to, detecting fluorescence emission from the quantity of the complex for a second time period starting at a time t1>t0, where t1−t0 is greater than 2 microseconds, and determining information about a fluid flow path between the first location and the second location within the reservoir based on the detected fluorescence emission.
- Examples of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- The complex can include water. The complex can have a 1:1:2 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water. Alternatively, the complex can have a 1:2:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water. As another alternative, the complex can have a 1:2:1 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water. As a further alternative, the complex can have a 1:3:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to first complexing agent to water.
- The lanthanide ion can be a member of the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- The methods can include, prior to extracting the fluid from the reservoir, introducing a fourth composition with a second complexing agent into the reservoir at a third location, where the third location is different from the first location and the second location, and where the extracted fluid includes a concentration of the second complexing agent. The amount of the first complexing agent introduced into the reservoir can be the same as the amount of the second complexing agent introduced into the reservoir.
- The methods can include, prior to extracting the fluid from the reservoir, introducing a fourth composition with a second complexing agent into the reservoir at a third location, where the third location is different from the first location and the second location, and introducing a fifth composition with a third complexing agent into the reservoir at a fourth location, where the fourth location is different from the first location, the second location, and the third location, and where the extracted fluid includes a concentration of the second complexing agent and a concentration of the third complexing agent. The amounts of the first, second, and third complexing agents introduced into the reservoir can be the same.
- The methods can include, prior to combining the fluid with the second composition, separating the first complexing agent from the second complexing agent in the fluid, and separating the third complexing agent from the first and second complexing agents if the fluid includes the third complexing agent. The steps of separating the first and third complexing agents can include performing a chromatographic separation.
- A wavelength of the electromagnetic radiation can be in an ultraviolet spectral region. The time interval t1−t0 can be greater than 5 microseconds (for example, greater than 25 microseconds).
- The information about the fluid flow path can include any one or more of a concentration of the first complexing agent, a concentration of the second complexing agent, and a concentration of the third complexing agent.
- The first complexing agent can be a tridentate ligand. The first complexing agent can be a compound having a general structure given by Formula (I), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (I):
- In Formula (I), X can be present or absent, and when present, can be a member of the group that includes: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each of C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene can be optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- In Formula (I), R can be a member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy, optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl can be optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl, including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, and where the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), and (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each occurrence of n can independently be 0 or 1, and where each occurrence Y can independently be one of —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl.
- Each occurrence of Ra in Formula (I) can independently be one of (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independently members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl can be optionally substituted with from 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl can optionally be substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb.
- Each occurrence of Rb in Formula (I) can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).
- Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes from 3-8 ring atoms, and the ring can include: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms, in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″, which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- In Formula (I), X can be C1-10 alkylene. R can be selected from the group that includes (ii) —ORa, where the Ra of —ORa is not (i) H or (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl, (vi) —CO2Ra, where the Ra of —CO2Ra is not H, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xx) —C(O)Ra, and (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra). Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent members of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl can be optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can be independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl; (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl; (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- In Formula (I), X can be —CH2—. In Formula (I), R can be (ii) —ORa, where the Ra of —ORa is not (i) H or (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl.
- In Formula (I), R can be a member of the group that includes (ix) —NRaRa, where one Ra is H, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, where at least one Ra is H, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, where the Ra bonded to N is H, and (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra.
- In Formula (I), R can be a member of the group that includes (vi) —CO2Ra, where the Ra of —CO2Ra is not H, and (xx) —C(O)Ra.
- The first complexing agent can be tetradentate.
- The first complexing agent can be a compound having a general structure given by Formula (II), or an anion or salt of a compound having the general structure of Formula (II):
- In Formula (II), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- In Formula (II), each R1 and R2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), and (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each n is independently 0 or 1, and each Y is an independent member of the group that includes —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl.
- Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb.
- Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes of N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).
- Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- In Formula (II), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. Each of R1 and R2 can be an independent member of the group that includes (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, and (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra). Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- In Formula (II), X1 and X2 can both be absent.
- In Formula (II), R1 and R2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, and (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra. Alternatively, in Formula (II), R1 and R2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NHRa, (x) —NHC(O)NHRa, (xi) —NHC(O)ORa, and (xii) —NHC(O)Ra. As another alternative, in Formula (II), R1 and R2 can each be (ix) —NHRa.
- In Formula (II), Ra can be (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, where at least one of the Rb is (xv) —OH. Alternatively, in Formula (II), R1 and R2 can each be (x) —NHC(O)NHRa. As another alternative, in Formula (II), R1 and R2 can each be (xi) —NHC(O)ORa. As a further alternative, in Formula (II), R1 and R2 can each be (xii) —NHC(O)Ra.
- In Formula (II), each of R1 and R2 can be the same, or alternatively, each of R1 and R2 can be different.
- The first complexing agent can be a compound having a general structure given by Formula (III), or an anion or salt of a compound having the general structure of Formula (III):
- In Formula (III), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH.
- In Formula (II), each R1 and R2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each n is independently 0 or 1, and (xxiii) halo (e.g., —F, —Cl, —Br, or —I), and each Y is an independent member of the group that includes —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl.
- Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb.
- Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes of N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).
- Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- In Formula (III), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. Each of R1 and R2 can be an independent member of the group that includes (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, and (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra). Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- In Formula (III), X1 and X2 can both be absent.
- In Formula (III), R1 and R2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, and (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra. Alternatively, in Formula (III), R1 and R2 can each be independent members of the group that includes (ix) —NHRa, (x) —NHC(O)NHRa, (xi) —NHC(O)ORa, and (xii) —NHC(O)Ra. As another alternative, in Formula (III), R1 and R2 can each be (ix) —NHRa.
- In Formula (III), Ra can be (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, where at least one of the Rb is (xv) —OH. Alternatively, in Formula (III), R1 and R2 can each be (x) —NHC(O)NHRa. As another alternative, in Formula (III), R1 and R2 can each be (xi) —NHC(O)ORa. As a further alternative, in Formula (III), R1 and R2 can each be (xii) —NHC(O)Ra.
- In Formula (III), each of R1 and R2 can be the same, or alternatively, each of R1 and R2 can be different.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- In another aspect, this disclosure features methods of forming a complex that includes a complexing agent and a lanthanide ion, the methods including introducing the complexing agent into a subterranean reservoir at a first location, allowing the complexing agent to propagate through at least a portion of the reservoir to a second location different from the first location, extracting the complexing agent from the reservoir at the second location, and combining the extracted complexing agent with a solution that includes the lanthanide ion to form the complex, where the complexing agent has a general structure given by Formula (I), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (I):
- In Formula (I), X can be present or absent, and when present, can be a member of the group that includes: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each of C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene can be optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. R can be a member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy, optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl can be optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl, including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, and where the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), and (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each occurrence of n can independently be 0 or 1, and where each occurrence Y can independently be one of —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl. Each occurrence of Ra in Formula (I) can independently be one of (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independently members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl can be optionally substituted with from 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl can optionally be substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb in Formula (I) can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes from 3-8 ring atoms, and the ring can include: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms, in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″, which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- X, R, each occurrence of Ra, each occurrence of Rb, each occurrence of R′ and R″, and combinations of these structural units, can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (I) for these structural units.
- The complex can include water. The complex can include a molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water of 1:1:2, or 1:2:1, or 1:3:0. The lanthanide ion can be selected from the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- In a further aspect, this disclosure features methods of forming a complex that includes a complexing agent and a lanthanide ion, the methods including introducing the complexing agent into a subterranean reservoir at a first location, allowing the complexing agent to propagate through at least a portion of the reservoir to a second location different from the first location, extracting the complexing agent at a second location, and combining the extracted complexing agent with a solution that includes the lanthanide ion to form the complex, where the complexing agent has a general structure given by Formula (II), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (II):
- In Formula (II), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. Each R1 and R2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), and (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each n is independently 0 or 1, and each Y is an independent member of the group that includes —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl. Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes of N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- X1, X2, R1, R2, each occurrence of Ra, each occurrence of Rb, each occurrence of R′ and R″, and combinations of these structural units, can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (II) for these structural units.
- The complex can include water. A molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water can be 1:1:2 or 1:2:0. The lanthanide ion can be selected from the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- In another aspect, this disclosure features methods of forming a complex that includes a complexing agent and a lanthanide ion, the methods including introducing the complexing agent into a subterranean reservoir at a first location, allowing the complexing agent to propagate through at least a portion of the reservoir to a second location different from the first location, extracting the complexing agent at a second location, and combining the extracted complexing agent with a solution that includes the lanthanide ion to form the complex, where the complexing agent has a general structure given by Formula (III), or an anion or salt of the structure given by Formula (III):
- In Formula (III), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. Each R1 and R2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each n is independently 0 or 1, and (xxiii) halo (e.g., —F, —Cl, —Br, or —I), and each Y is an independent member of the group that includes —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl. Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes of N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the methods can include any one or more of the following features.
- X1, X2, R1, R2, each occurrence of Ra, each occurrence of Rb, each occurrence of R′ and R″, and combinations of these structural units, can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (III) for these structural units.
- The complex can include water. A molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water can be 1:1:2 or 1:2:0. The lanthanide ion can be selected from the group that includes samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- Embodiments of the methods can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- In a further aspect, this disclosure features complexing agents having a general structure given by Formula (I), and anions and salts of the general structure of Formula (I):
- In Formula (I), X can be present or absent, and when present, can be a member of the group that includes: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each of C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene can be optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. R can be a member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy, optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl can be optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl, including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, and where the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), and (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each occurrence of n can independently be 0 or 1, and where each occurrence Y can independently be one of —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl. Each occurrence of Ra in Formula (I) can independently be one of (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independently members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl can optionally be substituted with from 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl can be optionally substituted with from 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl can optionally be substituted with from 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb in Formula (I) can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring that includes from 3-8 ring atoms, and the ring can include: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms, in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″, which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can include any one or more of the following features.
- X, R, each occurrence of Ra, each occurrence of Rb, each occurrence of R′ and R″, and combinations of these structural units, can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (I) for these structural units.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- In another aspect, this disclosure features complexing agents having a general structure given by Formula (II), and anions and salts of the general structure of Formula (II).
- In Formula (II), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. Each R1 and R2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), and (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each n is independently 0 or 1, and each Y is an independent member of the group that includes —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl. Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes of N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can include any one or more of the following features.
- X1, X2, R1, R2, each occurrence of Ra, each occurrence of Rb, each occurrence of R′ and R″, and combinations of these structural units, can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (II) for these structural units.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- In a further aspect, this disclosure features complexing agents having a general structure given by Formula (III), and anions and salts of the general structure of Formula (III):
- In Formula (III), each of X1 and X2 can be independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each can be an independent member of the group that includes C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH. Each R1 and R2 is an independent member of the group that includes (i) hydrogen, (ii) —ORa, (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (v) —COH, (vi) —CO2Ra, (vii) —CONRaRa, (viii) cyano, (ix) —NRaRa, (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra, (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xiv) -heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 ring atoms are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvi) -heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms can each be independent members of the group that includes N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —N3, (xix) —CO2H, (xx) —C(O)Ra, (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra), (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where each n is independently 0 or 1, and (xxiii) halo (e.g., —F, —Cl, —Br, or —I), and each Y is an independent member of the group that includes —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl. Each occurrence of Ra can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) H, (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb, (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of Rb, (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with 1-5 independent units of Rb, or (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S, and the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 independent units of Rb. Each occurrence of Rb can be an independent member of the group that includes (i) halo, (ii) cyano, (iii) C1-6 alkyl, (iv) C2-6 alkenyl, (v) C2-6 alkynyl, (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl, (vii) C1-4 alkoxy, (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy, (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where 1-3 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes NH, O, and S, and where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independent units of C1-4 alkyl, (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl, (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including 5-10 ring atoms, where 1-4 of the ring atoms are independent members of the group that includes of N, NH, O, and S, (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl), (xiv) —NR′R″, (xv) —OH, (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″), (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy, (xviii) —NO2, (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl), (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl), (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl), (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″). Each occurrence of R′ and R″ can be an independent member of the group that includes H and C1-4 alkyl, or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached can form a ring including 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″) which are each independent members of the group that includes N, NH, O, and S.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can include any one or more of the following features.
- X1, X2, R1, R2, each occurrence of Ra, each occurrence of Rb, each occurrence of R′ and R″, and combinations of these structural units, can have any of the features discussed in connection with Formula (III) for these structural units.
- Embodiments of the complexing agents can also include any of the other features discussed, including features associated with different embodiments, in any combination unless expressly stated otherwise.
- As used throughout, the terms “about” and “approximately” are used interchangeably, and when used to refer to modify a numerical value, encompass a range of uncertainty of the numerical value of from ½ of the numerical value to twice the numerical value.
- As used throughout, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
- As used throughout, the term “distinguishing moiety” refers to a moiety bonded to the fluorescent (for example, aromatic) portion of a complexing agent that distinguishes the complexing agent on the basis of chemical structure from other complexing agents with different moieties bound to their respective fluorescent portions.
- As used throughout, the terms “tracer”, “cross-well tracer”, and “inter-well tracer” each refer to a compound or agent (for example, a complexing agent) that is typically injected into one location of a reservoir, and then extracted from another location (that is, as part of a sample of fluid extracted from the reservoir). The presence or absence of the tracer, for example, can provide information about the connectivity between the injection and extraction locations, and the concentration of the tracer can provide information about flow capacity between the two locations.
- As used throughout, the term “hydrocarbon” refers to a fluid that includes 1% or more by volume of one or more organic compounds from natural sources. For example, the one or more organic compounds can include naturally occurring compounds extracted or otherwise liberated from a subterranean reservoir. The fluid can also include other compounds such as, but not limited to, water.
- The details of one or more embodiments are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description. Other features will also be apparent from the description, drawings, and claims.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic plot of time-resolved luminescence emission of components of a fluid extracted from a petroleum reservoir. -
FIG. 2A is a luminescence spectrum of a complexed lanthanide ion and a bare lanthanide ion. -
FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing absorption of incident light and luminescence emission from a complexed lanthanide ion. -
FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing examples of two complexing agent structures. -
FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a process for the use of a complexing agent as a cross-well tracer, and subsequent complex formation. -
FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a process for recovery, purification, and analysis of three different complexing agents. -
FIG. 6 is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for a complexing agent heated for different times. -
FIG. 7A is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed and un-complexed europium. -
FIG. 7B is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed europium, water extracted from a reservoir, and un-complexed europium. -
FIG. 8 is a plot of normalized concentration of a complexing agent against pore volumes for a complexing agent and a sodium bromide (NaBr) tracer. -
FIG. 9 is a plot of normalized concentration of a complexing agent vs. pore volumes for a complexing agent and a fluorinated benzoic acid (FBA) tracer. -
FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing example steps for a method of analyzing a fluid that includes a complexing agent extracted from a reservoir. -
FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing example steps for a method of analyzing a fluid that includes three complexing agents extracted from a reservoir. -
FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing a process for the use of several complexing agents as cross-well tracers. -
FIG. 13A is a high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) trace of response factor against retention time for four dipicolinic acid (DPA) analogs. -
FIG. 13B is a plot of fluorescence intensity against wavelength for three DPA analogs. -
FIG. 14A is a plot of fluorescence intensity against wavelength for a DPA analog complexed with terbium ions in an acetate buffer. -
FIG. 14B is a plot of fluorescence intensity against wavelength for a DPA analog complexed with terbium ions in produced water from an extraction site. -
FIG. 15A is a plot showing recovered normalized concentration as a function of pore volume for a molecular tracer and KCl reference tracer in a limestone core. -
FIG. 15B is a plot showing cumulative recovery as a function of pore volume for a molecular tracer and KCl reference tracer in a limestone core. -
FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing injector and producer wells in an oilfield. -
FIG. 17 is a recovery curve for a molecular tracer in produced water. -
FIGS. 18A-18C are plots showing reference reservoir models. -
FIGS. 18D-18F are plots showing history-matched oilfield production rates for the reservoir models ofFIGS. 18A-18C . -
FIGS. 18G-18I are plots showing net present value for reservoirs managed with and without molecular tracer information for the reservoir models ofFIGS. 18A-18C . -
FIG. 19 is a set of plots showing liquid chromatograms for nine different molecular tracers. - Like reference symbols in the various drawings indicate like elements.
- Using cross-well tracers to map the connectivity and heterogeneity of hydrocarbon reservoirs enables the identification of wells that are contributing to hydrocarbon production and fluid tracing, allowing informed adjustment of well rates to achieve a more balanced water flood. Further, for mature fields under peripheral water flooding programs that could benefit from infill drilling, implementation of a full-field cross-well tracer program that elucidates the existence of faults and greater permeability zones can greatly reduce the uncertainties for waterflood management and justify the expensive drilling/workover programs for the field.
- A commonly used category of tracer is fluorinated benzoic acids (FBA's). FBA's have exhibited weak interactions with reservoir matrices and can be detected using ultra-sensitive gas chromatography mass spectrometry (GC/MS). When using GC/MS to detect FBA tracers under favorable conditions (that is, under correct ionization mode), the FBA's can be detected between 10-100 parts per trillion (ppt), depending on the fluorinated benzoic acid used and the unique response of the other components that naturally occur in produced fluids. In general, separate calibrations are used for each different analyte that undergoes mass spectral analysis.
- Recent simulations have suggested that data obtained from long-term deployment of inter-well tracers may improve both history matching and production optimization in realistic reservoir models. To facilitate the collection and quantification of injected tracers in large fields, the present disclosure features families of inter-well tracers that can be detected rapidly (e.g., in real time or near-real time), that can be sampled automatically with reduced work-up relative to conventional tracers, that can be transported comparatively long distances between injection and production sites, and that exhibit reduced retention in the reservoir matrix relative to conventional tracers.
- After injection at a particular location in a reservoir, the molecular tracers (also referred to as complexing agents) described are able to traverse a pathway from the injection location to a designated producing well for extraction. The tracers are designed to have relatively high solubility in fluids that naturally occur and circulate in reservoirs (for example, water or hydrocarbon compounds), and a relatively weak affinity for the various bedrock and earth formations that the tracers are exposed to while moving through the reservoir.
- These features contribute to the tracers disclosed herein having a relatively high reservoir mobility. For certain tracers, having a relatively high mobility manifests as having a relatively low retention in reservoir rocks. For example, in some embodiments, the tracers disclosed herein have a retention in reservoir rocks of less than 50 micrograms per gram (g/g) of reservoir rocks (such as less than 40 μg/g, less than 30 μg/g, less than g/g, less than 15 μg/g, less than 10 μg/g, less than 5 μg/g, less than 2 μg/g, less than 1 μg/g).
- Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the various structural features of the tracers may be responsible for the relatively high reservoir fluid solubility and relatively low earth retention characteristics of the tracers. This may be due, for example, to the combination of polar functional groups and lipophilic aromatic groups present in some embodiments of the tracers. The relatively high mobility of the tracers will later be demonstrated and discussed in the context of mobility experiments that simulate the conditions that the tracers encounter in reservoirs.
- The tracers, after recovery from a producing well, are optically detectable in the produced fluid at parts per quadrillion concentrations or less after a facile and selective complex formation step with trivalent lanthanide elements, and with minimal background signal due to other contaminants. Not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that when used as inter-well tracers, the disclosed complexing agents encounter reservoir fluids with excess naturally-occurring divalent and trivalent ions. Such divalent and trivalent ions may bind with lanthanide ions competitively, generating complexes that may also fluoresce, thus contributing to the fluorescence background. The fluorescence background may also contain, for example, contributions due to polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAH's).
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic plot of time-resolved fluorescence and luminescence emission of components of a fluid extracted from a petroleum reservoir, after exposure to trivalent lanthanide elements. Afterflash excitation 100, which ends at a time to, the lanthanide complexes formed between the tracers and lanthanide elements have a longexcited state lifetime 104, luminescing on a time scale of milliseconds (ms) to microseconds (μs). In some embodiments, the complex's luminescence occurs for a time period greater than 5 microseconds (for example, greater than 8 μs, greater than 10 μs, greater than 15 μs, greater than 20 μs, greater than 25 μs, greater than 30 μs, greater than 35 μs, greater than 40 μs, greater than 50 μs, greater than 100 μs, greater than 200 s, greater than 300 s, greater than 500 s, greater than 700 s, greater than 1 millisecond (ms), greater than 2 ms, greater than 5 ms, greater than 10 ms) after excitation is complete. - Without wishing to be bound by theory, the long excited state lifetime occurs due to parity-forbidden transitions between lanthanide ion excited and ground states, which occur significantly more slowly than parity-allowed state-to-state transitions during excitation and further, significantly more slowly than background fluorescence arising from parity allowed excited-to-ground state transitions among other components of the reservoir fluid. When a lanthanide ion is in close proximity to a sensitizing chromophore that either has a strong dipole moment or is anionic such that is can associate ionically with the lanthanide ion, significant enhancement of the lanthanide ion luminescence occurs because the sensitization process circumvents the LaPorte selection rules that normally forbid f-f transitions.
- This difference in time scales separates the luminescence signal of the lanthanide complex from the background fluorescent signals 102, which are emitted from the other components (which, in some embodiments, are contaminants) found in the extracted fluid, and become undetectable at a time t1. In turn, the difference in excited state lifetimes and concomitant difference in the temporal evolution of emission from the lanthanide complexes and background components allows gating of the optical detector such that the detector can be used to measure luminescence from the complex alone, after fluorescence from background components in the extracted fluid has decayed.
- In addition to reducing or eliminating confounding effects of background fluorescence, the relatively greater sensitivity that can be achieved when measuring the disclosed tracers is in part due to the relatively strong luminescence emission of the complexes.
FIG. 2A is a luminescence spectrum of a complexed lanthanide ion and a bare lanthanide ion. The bare lanthanide ion has a peak 200 that is of lesser intensity than the intensity of the complexedlanthanide ion peak 202.FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing absorption of incident light and luminescence emission from a complexed lanthanide ion. The greater quantum yield of luminescence from the lanthanide complex is due to the antenna-like function of thefluorophoric complexing agent 210, which absorbsincident light 212. The ligand then transfers this excitation byprocess 214 to thelanthanide ion 216, which then emitsfluorescence 218. In effect, the ligand functions as an energy harvester to, for example, overcome the lesser magnitude molar absorptivities of lanthanide ions and bypass the selection rules associated with transitions to the luminescent lanthanide excited state, thus increasing the quantum yield of the luminescence process. - As a result, luminescence can be enhanced by, for example, three orders of magnitude relative to a bare lanthanide ion. The luminescence intensities of lanthanide ions can be enhanced to this degree by exposing the ions to a molar excess of tracer (also referred to as complexing agent) relative to the ion. It is believed that this results in the exclusion of water molecules from the formed complex, thus maximizing the number of complexing ligands included in the complex.
- Another feature of the disclosed tracers is the ability to derivatize the tracers with functional groups (also referred to as “distinguishing moieties”) to generate analogs. Each of several of these analogs can be injected at a different injection location in a reservoir. After extracting a fluid from a producing well, the various analogs can be separated by virtue of their different chemical identities. The resulting purified tracers form complexes with lanthanide ions and are detected via luminescence emission. Since the light-capturing portion of each tracer is the same, each complex will luminesce with similar intensity, and over a similar temporal window. This allows for information to be gathered on multiple flow paths extending between different injection sites and a common recovery site.
- Analyzing a Fluid Extracted from a Reservoir
FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a series of example steps for a method of analyzing a fluid extracted from a reservoir. Instep 1002, a first composition including a first complexing agent is introduced into a reservoir at a first location. In some embodiments, the first location is an injection well. - In
step 1004, a fluid is extracted from the reservoir at a second location different from the first location, the fluid including a concentration of the first complexing agent that is present in the fluid following injection at the first location instep 1002. The fluid may also include materials and compounds typically found in the earth's crust, for example: water, heavy metals (for example, iron, manganese, chromium, vanadium, or zirconium), salts (for example, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, or sodium salts (for example, sodium chloride)), naturally occurring radioactive material (for example, uranium, thorium, radium, or radon), zinc, lead, sulfur, barium, or any combination of the previously listed components. In some embodiments, the fluid includes hydrocarbons (for example, hydrocarbons derived from various forms of petroleum including, but not limited to, paraffinic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic petroleum, naphthenic petroleum, paraffinic-naphthenic-aromatic petroleum, and aromatic petroleum) and polyaromatic hydrocarbons. In some embodiments, a separation of the complexing agent from one or more of the other components in the fluid is performed, for example to reduce or eliminate spectral contributions from the other components (that is, “background noise”) during measurement, a discussion of which is forthcoming. - In
step 1006, the extracted fluid (or a separated/purified portion of the fluid) is combined with a second composition including a concentration of a lanthanide ion to form a third composition that includes a concentration of a complex formed by the first complexing agent and the lanthanide ion. As previously discussed, a separation of the complex that is formed from one or more of the other components in the third composition can optionally be performed at this stage to purify the complex prior to subsequent detection. - In
step 1008, a quantity of the third composition (or a purified solution derived from the third composition) is exposed to electromagnetic radiation to detect (and, in some embodiments, quantitatively measure) the complex. In some embodiments, the wavelength of the exciting electromagnetic radiation is in the ultraviolet region of the spectrum. - In general, exposure to the illumination radiation occurs for a first time period ending at a time to. As explained previously, background components in the third composition undergo fluorescence from time to (which is defined as the time point at which the excitation process has ended) until a later time t1 (which is defined as the time point at which fluorescence from the background components has decayed to an intensity level that is no longer detectable).
- In
step 1010, luminescence emission is detected from the irradiated complex, beginning at time t1>t0. In general, the interval t1-t0 is selected to ensure that the measured luminescence emission from the irradiated complex is not contaminated with significant contributions from background components (that is, other components present in the third composition). In some embodiments, for example, the interval t1−t0 is greater than 2 microseconds (for example, greater than 5 microseconds, greater than 8 μs, greater than 10 μs, greater than 15 μs, greater than 20 μs, greater than 25 μs, greater than 30 μs, greater than 35 μs, greater than 40 μs, greater than 50 μs, or greater than 100 μs). - In
step 1012, information is determined about fluid flow between the first location (the injection site) and the second location (the extraction site) within the reservoir based on the detected luminescence emission. The information can indicate, for example, whether a particular injection bore and extraction bore are interconnected through the reservoir, and, if connected, can also indicate how fluid flows through the reservoir. - For example, if a tracer is introduced into a reservoir and subsequent sample extraction from a producing bore shows the presence of the tracer, a connection exists between the point of injection and the point of extraction.
- Correlations between the presence of the tracer in the extracted fluid and the elapsed time between injection and detection of the tracer can also provide information about fluid flow through the reservoir. As an example, the elapsed time between injection and the appearance of the tracer in the extracted fluid (for example, in a measurement process where fluid is extracted periodically and analyzed) can provide information about the fluid flow capacity of the reservoir, the interconnected-ness of flow pathways, and residual oil saturation, which is difficult to acquire directly by other means.
- In some embodiments, the information includes the concentration of the first complexing agent. Due to the enhancement of luminescence of the complexes and reduction or elimination of background fluorescence, as discussed previously, a minimum concentration of the first complexing agent in the third composition (formed in step 1006) that can be detected is between about 1 part per million and about 1 part per sextillion (for example, about 1 part per million and about 299 parts per billion, about 300 parts per billion (ppb) and about 1.1 parts per billion (ppb), about 1 part per billion (ppb) and about 499 parts per quadrillion (ppq), about 500 parts per quadrillion and about 1.1 parts per quadrillion, about 1 part per quadrillion (ppb) and about 499 parts per quintillion (ppq), about 500 parts per quintillion and about 1.1 parts per quintillion, about 1 part per quintillion and about 499 parts per sextillion, about 500 parts per sextillion and about 1 part per sextillion).
-
FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a process for the use of a complexing agent as a cross-well tracer. Thecomplexing agent 400 is introduced into thereservoir 404 through an injection bore at afirst location 401, and propagates through at least a portion of thereservoir 402. A fluid sample is collected from a producing bore at asecond location 406 different from thefirst location 401. The fluid sample, which includes the complexing agent, is mixed with asolution 408 containing a specific concentration of one or more lanthanide ions (which, when bare or uncomplexed, have low fluorescence intensities), resulting in the formation of one or more types ofcomplexes 410. - In general, it is possible to use more than one (for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, from 6 to 10, from 11 to 20, from 21 to 50, or from 51 to 100) complexing agents in the disclosed methods, for example to determine information about flow paths between multiple injection locations and an extraction location of a reservoir.
-
FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a series of example steps of a procedure for analyzing a fluid extracted from a reservoir. In the procedure shown inFIG. 11 , multiple complexing agents, each including a different distinguishing moiety, are introduced into the reservoir at different injection sites. Deployment of multiple complexing agents, each injected at a different location into a reservoir, allows determination of information about flow paths (such as flow rates) between each injection site and the extraction site. In general, unless expressly stated otherwise, the features and aspects of the method ofFIG. 11 are similar to those already discussed in connection withFIG. 10 . - In
FIG. 11 , a first composition that includes a first complexing agent is introduced into a reservoir at a first location instep 1102. Similarly, insteps FIG. 10 ) are introduced into the reservoir at third and fourth locations, respectively. The fourth composition includes a second complexing agent, and the fifth composition includes a third complexing agent. Each of the first, third, and fourth locations are different. - Although not shown in
FIG. 11 , the procedure can also include introducing additional compositions into the reservoir at additional locations. In general, any number of compositions can be introduced. For example, the number of compositions that are introduced can be three or more (e.g., five or more, ten or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 30 or more, 40 or more, 50 or more, 70 or more, 100 or more, 150 or more, 200 or more, or even more). - Typically, at each location, the complexing agent introduced differs from the complexing agents introduced at the other locations so that information specific to the flow path between that location and the extraction location can be determined. Each of the complexing agents that are introduced can correspond to one of the complexing agents discussed in a subsequent section.
- Further, in some embodiments,
step 1106 is omitted and the resulting method includes the introduction of only the first and second complexing agents, with subsequent steps excluding the processing and presence of the third complexing agent. - In
step 1108, a fluid is extracted from the reservoir at a second location that differs from each of the locations where the various compositions were introduced into the reservoir. The extracted fluid generally includes a quantity (that is, a concentration) of each of the first, second, and third complexing agents. Optionally, a separation procedure can be performed on the extracted fluid to isolate portions of the first, second, and third complexing agents from one another to facilitate analysis of the complexing agents. - Suitable separation procedures for isolating the different complexing agents include, but are not limited to, chromatographic separation techniques such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography. In general, these techniques can isolate a relative large number of different complexing agents from an initial mixture. For example,
FIG. 19 shows liquid chromatographic traces for nine different complexing agents, each of which elutes from the chromatography column at a different retention time (and is therefore separated from the other complexing agents). - In
step 1110, the extracted fluid (or the complexing agents isolated from the extracted fluid) is (are) combined with a second composition that includes a concentration of one or more types of lanthanide ions to form a third composition. In general, complexes are formed between each of the complexing agents present in the extracted fluid and the one or more types of lanthanide ions. Following formation of the different types of complexes (for example, complexes involving lanthanide ions and each of the first, second, and third complexing agents), a separation procedure is typically performed to isolate quantities of the various types of complexes. Each type of complex formed acts, in effect, as a “reporter” for fluid flow information within the reservoir between the injection site of the corresponding complexing agent and the extraction site. A variety of different separation procedures can be used instep 1110, including (but not limited to) chromatographic methods (for example, liquid chromatography), extraction, and fractionation. - In
step 1112, each of the isolated quantities of the various complexes are exposed to electromagnetic radiation for a time period ending at time t0 to induce luminescence emission from each of the complexes. The luminescence emission is detected instep 1114 starting at time t1>t0, following the end of the illumination. As discussed previously, the interval t1−t0 is selected so that at time t1, fluorescence emission from background components has decayed to a nearly (or completely) undetectable level, such that measurement of luminescence emission from each of the complexes occurs without confounding spectral contributions from background components. As in the methods ofFIG. 10 , in some embodiments, the interval t1−t0 can be greater than 2 microseconds. - In
step 1116, information is determined about fluid flow paths between the various injection sites of the complexing agents (the first, third, and fourth locations) and the extraction site (the second location) from the measured luminescence of each of the complexes formed from complexing agents recovered at the extraction site. As discussed previously in connection withFIG. 10 , this information can include concentrations of each of the complexes (or complexing agents) recovered at the extraction site, flow rates between the various injection sites and the extraction site, and other information about the reservoir structure. -
FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a process for the use of several complexing agents as cross-well tracers as discussed previously in connection withFIG. 11 . InFIG. 12 , a first complexing agent is introduced into areservoir 1200 at alocation 1202, a second complexing agent is introduced into the reservoir atlocation 1204, and a third complexing agent is introduced into the reservoir atlocation 1206. Reservoir fluid is extracted atlocation 1208, the fluid generally including concentrations of the first, second, and third complexing agents, which have propagated from their respective injection locations through the reservoir tolocation 1208. The extracted reservoir fluid is then analyzed as discussed previously. - To purify the extracted reservoir fluid from
location 1208, the example process shown inFIG. 5 can be used, as the process is generally applicable to the purification and analysis of any number of complexing agents. When the extracted fluid includes concentrations of thefirst complexing agent 500, thesecond complexing agent 502, and thethird complexing agent 504, the process ofFIG. 5 is used to isolate quantities of each of the complexing agents. Various separation procedures can be used to isolate the complexing agents. For example, in some embodiments, liquid chromatographic methods (such as ultra-high performance liquid chromatography, high-performance liquid chromatography) can be performed using one ormore chromatography columns 506 to separate the complexing agents. In certain embodiments, other methods can be used in addition to, or as an alternative to, chromatographic separations. Examples of such methods include solid phase extraction, liquid-liquid extraction and fractionation. - Each complexing agent, now substantially isolated from the other complexing agents, is then combined with a composition that includes lanthanide ions to form complexes, and fluorescence/luminescence spectroscopy methods are used to detect and, in some embodiments, determine quantitative information about the complexes.
- A variety of different complexing agents can be used as molecular tracers to determine information associated with petroleum reservoirs according to the methods that have been discussed. In this section of the disclosure, various example complexing agents are described. It should be understood that any of the complexing agents discussed in this section can be used alone or in combination with any of the methods discussed in the previous sections of this disclosure to determine information about subsurface reservoirs and fluid flow through the reservoirs. In particular, any of the first, second, and third complexing agents referenced previously can be selected from among the various compounds corresponding to Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or any combination of these, as will be explained in detail.
-
FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing examples of two complexing agent structures. The structures of the complexing agents are designed to have three features, shown for two different structures: (1) lanthanide binding group(s) 300 that are capable of chelating lanthanide ions with large equilibrium constants, (2) a light-absorbingregion 302 with large extinction coefficient capable of absorbing excitation light efficiently, and (3) derivatizable molecular “handles” 304 that allow for installation of different moieties to generate analogs that can each be deployed at a unique location in a reservoir. The complexing agents are monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, or tetradentate ligands that bind to lanthanides through, for example, basic ring member nitrogens, carboxylate groups, or both. - In some embodiments, the complexing agent is a compound of Formula (I), or an anion or salt thereof:
- where:
- X is present or absent, and when present, is selected from the group consisting of: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- R is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) hydrogen;
- (ii) —ORa;
- (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (v) —COH;
- (vi) —CO2Ra;
- (vii) —CONRaRa;
- (viii) cyano;
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa;
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra;
- (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvi) -heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —N3;
- (xix) —CO2H;
- (xx) —C(O)Ra;
- (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra); and
- (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where n is independently 0 or 1, and where Y is independently selected from —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl;
- each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb,
- (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb;
- (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb,
- (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with from 1-5 independently selected Rb; or
- (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb;
- each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (iv) C2-6 alkenyl;
- (v) C2-6 alkynyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl); and
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH;
- (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″);
- (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —NO2;
- (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl);
- (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxi) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and
- (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);
- each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- In some embodiments,
- X is C1-10 alkylene;
- R is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (ii) —ORa; where the Ra of —ORa is not (i) H or (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl;
- (vi) —CO2Ra, where the Ra of —CO2Ra is not H;
- (viii) cyano;
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa;
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra;
- (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvi) -heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xx) —C(O)Ra; and
- (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra);
- each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb,
- (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb;
- (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb,
- (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with from 1-5 independently selected Rb; or
- (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb; each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (iv) C2-6 alkenyl;
- (v) C2-6 alkynyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl); and
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH;
- (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″);
- (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —NO2;
- (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl);
- (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and
- (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);
- each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- In some embodiments, X is —CH2—. In some embodiments, X1 and X2 are both absent.
- In some embodiments, R is (ii) —ORa, and where the Ra of —ORa is not (i) H or (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl.
- In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (ix) —NRaRa, where 1 Ra is H;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa, where at least 1 Ra is H;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa, where the Ra bonded to N is H; and
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra.
- In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (vi) —CO2Ra, where the Ra of —CO2Ra is not H; and
- (xx) —C(O)Ra.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xv) —OH.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl.
- In some embodiments, the complexing agent is a compound of Formula (II), or an anion or salt thereof:
- where:
- each of X1 and X2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) hydrogen;
- (ii) —ORa;
- (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (v) —COH;
- (vi) —CO2Ra;
- (vii) —CONRaRa;
- (viii) cyano;
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa;
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra;
- (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb.
- (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvi) -heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —N3;
- (xix) —CO2H;
- (xx) —C(O)Ra;
- (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra); and
- (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where n is independently 0 or 1, and where Y is independently selected from —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl;
- each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb,
- (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb;
- (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb,
- (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with from 1-5 independently selected Rb; or
- (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb;
- each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (iv) C2-6 alkenyl;
- (v) C2-6 alkynyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl); and
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH;
- (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″);
- (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —NO2;
- (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl);
- (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and
- (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);
- each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- In some embodiments, each of X1 and X2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (ii) —ORa;
- (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (vi) —CO2Ra;
- (vii) —CONRaRa;
- (viii) cyano;
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa;
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra;
- (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvi) -heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xix) —CO2H;
- (xx) —C(O)Ra; and
- (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra);
- each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb,
- (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb;
- (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb,
- (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with from 1-5 independently selected Rb; or
- (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb;
- each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (iv) C2-6 alkenyl;
- (v) C2-6 alkynyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl); and
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH;
- (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″);
- (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —NO2;
- (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl);
- (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and
- (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);
- each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- In some embodiments, X1 and X2 are both —CH2—. In some embodiments, X1 and X2 are both absent.
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are independently selected from:
-
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa; and
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra.
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are independently selected from:
-
- (ix) —NHRa;
- (x) —NHC(O)NHRa;
- (xi) —NHC(O)ORa; and
- (xii) —NHC(O)Ra.
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (ix) —NHRa (for example, —N12). In certain of these embodiments, Ra is selected from (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb, where at least one of the Rb is (xv) —OH.
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (x) —NHC(O)NHRa. In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (xi) —NHC(O)ORa. In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (xii) —NHC(O)Ra.
- In some embodiments, each of R1 and R2 is the same. In some embodiments, each of R1 and R2 is different.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xv) —OH.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl.
- In some embodiments, the complexing agent is a compound of Formula (III), or an anion or salt thereof:
- where:
- each of X1 and X2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) hydrogen;
- (ii) —ORa;
- (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (v) —COH;
- (vi) —CO2Ra;
- (vii) —CONRaRa;
- (viii) cyano;
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa;
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra;
- (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvi) -heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvii) C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —N3;
- (xix) —CO2H;
- (xx) —C(O)Ra;
- (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra);
- (xxii) —OnP(O)nY2, where n is independently 0 or 1, and where Y is independently selected from —ORa, NRaRa, and C1-6 alkyl; and
- (xxiii) halo (e.g., —F, —Cl, —Br, —I);
- each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb,
- (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb
- (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb,
- (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with from 1-5 independently selected Rb; or
- (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb;
- each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (iv) C2-6 alkenyl;
- (v) C2-6 alkynyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl); and
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH;
- (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″);
- (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —NO2;
- (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl);
- (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and
- (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);
- each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- In some embodiments, each of X1 and X2 is independently present or absent, and when one or both are present, each is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene, where each C1-10 alkylene, C2-10 alkenylene, and C2-10 alkynylene is optionally interrupted by one O, S, or NH;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (ii) —ORa;
- (iii) C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (iv) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (vi) —CO2Ra;
- (vii) —CONRaRa;
- (viii) cyano;
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa;
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra;
- (xiii) -aryl that is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xiv) -heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 Rb;
- (xv) —C3-10 cycloalkyl that is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xvi) -heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH and O, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Rb,
- (xix) —CO2H;
- (xx) —C(O)Ra;
- (xxi) —SO1-2(Ra); and
- (xxii) halo (e.g., —F, —Cl, —Br, —I);
- each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb,
- (iii) —(C0-6 alkylene)-C3-10 cycloalkyl, where the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb;
- (iv) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected Rb,
- (v) —(C0-6 alkylene)-(C6-10 aryl), where the aryl is optionally substituted with from 1-5 independently selected Rb; or
- (vi) —(C0-6 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S, where the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb;
- each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (iv) C2-6 alkenyl;
- (v) C2-6 alkynyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (viii) C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- (ix) —(C0-3 alkylene)-C3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (x) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heterocyclyl including from 3-10 ring atoms, where from 1-3 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of NH, O, and S, where the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 independently selected C1-4 alkyl;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiii) —S(O)1-2(C1-4 alkyl); and
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH;
- (xvi) —S(O)1-2(NR′R″);
- (xvii) —C1-4 thioalkoxy;
- (xviii) —NO2;
- (xix) —N(R′)(C(═O)C1-3 alkyl);
- (xx) —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxi) —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl);
- (xxii) —C(═O)OH, and
- (xxiii) —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);
- each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl; or, if R′ and R″ are bonded to the same atom, R′ and R″ together with the atom to which each is attached forms a ring including from 3-8 ring atoms, where the ring includes: (a) from 1-7 ring carbon atoms; and (b) from 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S.
- In some embodiments, X1 and X2 are both —CH2—. In some embodiments, X1 and X2 are both absent.
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are independently selected from:
-
- (ix) —NRaRa;
- (x) —NRaC(O)NRaRa;
- (xi) —NRaC(O)ORa; and
- (xii) —NRaC(O)Ra.
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are independently selected from:
-
- (ix) —NHRa;
- (x) —NHC(O)NHRa;
- (xi) —NHC(O)ORa;
- (xii) —NHC(O)Ra; and
- (xiii) halo (—F, —Cl, —Br, —I).
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (ix) —NHRa (for example, —N12). In certain of these embodiments, Ra is selected from (ii) C1-8 alkyl substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb, where at least one of the Rb is (xv) —OH.
- In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (x) —NHC(O)NHRa. In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (xi) —NHC(O)ORa. In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each (xii) —NHC(O)Ra. In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each —Cl.
- In some embodiments, each of R1 and R2 is the same. In some embodiments, each of R1 and R2 is different.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) H;
- (ii) C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-3 independently selected Rb.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (i) halo;
- (ii) cyano;
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (vi) C1-4 haloalkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xiv) —NR′R″;
- (xv) —OH.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:
-
- (iii) C1-6 alkyl;
- (vii) C1-4 alkoxy;
- (xi) —(C0-3 alkylene)-phenyl;
- (xii) —(C0-3 alkylene)-heteroaryl including from 5-10 ring atoms, where from 1-4 ring atoms are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O, and S;
- (xv) —OH.
- In any of the previous embodiments, each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-4 alkyl.
- In some embodiments, the complex includes water. In some embodiments, the complex includes two or more different complexing agents. Combinations of different complexing agents can be selected from among any of the agents disclosed previously.
- In general, depending upon the one or more complexing agents used to form the complex and the lanthanide ion complexed, the resulting complex can have a variety of different geometries about the lanthanide ion. Examples of such geometries include, but are not limited to: trigonal bipyramidal; square pyramidal; octahedral; trigonal prismatic; pentagonal bipyramidal; face capped octahedral; trigonal prismatic, square face monocapped; cubic; square antiprismatic; dodecahedral; trigonal hexagonal bypyramidal; octahedral, trans-bicapped; trigonal prismatic, triangular face bicapped; trigonal prismatic, square face bicapped; and tricapped trigonal prismatic.
- In general, any of the lanthanide elements can be used to form luminescent complexes for tracer detection. In some embodiments, the lanthanide ion in each complex can be selected from the group consisting of lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium, and lutetium. For example, the lanthanide ion is selected from the group consisting of samarium, europium, terbium, and dysprosium.
- In some embodiments, the complex of Formula (I) includes a 1:1:2 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water. In some embodiments, the complex of Formula (I) includes a 1:2:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water.
- In some embodiments, the complex of Formula (II) includes a 1:1:2 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water. In some embodiments, the complex of Formula (II) includes a 1:2:1 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water.
- In some embodiments, the complex of Formula (II) includes a 1:3:0 molar ratio of lanthanide ion to complexing agent to water.
- The information obtained using the methods described above can be used to analyze and improve reservoir production. Specifically, information obtained from cross-well tracers that incorporate the foregoing complexing agents can be used to adjust a variety of control parameters such as water injection rates and fluid extraction rates, to manage reservoir production. The use of tracer information can increase constraints on history matching processes that are used for reservoir analysis, and can provide a more cost-effective and non-instrusive method for monitoring and managing reservoirs than conventional methods such as pressure interference studies, loggings, additional well drillings, and tomography.
- For example, inter-well tracer information can be integrated into algorithms such as an ensemble smoother with multiple data assimilation (ES-MDA-Tracer), which can improve history matching using using integrated production and tracer information, thereby generating accurate reservoir geological models with improved prediction accuracy. Such models can then be used to improve or optimize reservoir production.
- Examples of methods of using tracer-derived information for analysis and improvement of reservoir production are described, for example, in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/786,372 entitled “Enhancing Reservoir Production Optimization Through Integrating Inter-Well Tracers”, filed on Oct. 17, 2017, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- This section provides a number of specific examples to further illustrate the previous disclosure. These examples are not intended to limit the scope of the disclosure in any manner.
- A variety of complexing agents of Formula (I), each having distinguishing moieties, were prepared through the derivatization of dimethyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate and dimethyl 4-chloropyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate as depicted in
forthcoming Scheme 2. First, a versatile hydroxymethylated scaffold was prepared through hydroxymethylation of dimethyl pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (part “a”). Next, various transformations (for example, tosylation, iodination, part “b”) were carried out to generate a variety of complexing agents. Part “c” depicts the functionalization of a separate DPA derivative, dimethyl 4-chloropyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate, with imidazole-based moieties. Part “d” illustrates the functionalization of dimethyl 4-carboxypyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate, a synthetic precursor achieved from the oxidation of dimethyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (shown in part “b”). Zwitterionic derivatives of DPA may also be synthesized from its imidazole-conjugated variants, as shown in part “e”. - A solution of dipicolinic acid (4.00 grams (g), 24 millimoles (mmol)) in methanol (50 milliliters (ml)) and concentrated sulfuric acid (10 ml) was heated for 18 hours (h). Water (30 ml) was added and the aqueous solution was neutralized with sodium carbonate. The solution was acidified with concentrated HCl and extracted with chloroform (4×25 ml). The combined extracts were dried, filtered and concentrated to leave a white solid. Crystallization from chloroform gave dimethyl dipicolinate as a white powder (2.87 g, 96%). Proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectral peaks (1H NMR) (500 Megahertz (MHz), CDCl3) δ=8.33 (doublet (d), 2H), 8.03 (triplet (t), 1H), 4.03 (singlet (s), 6H).
- Solutions of Fe(ClO4)2.6H2O (4.64 g, 12.8 mmol) in H2O (4.7 mL) and H2O2 (30% weight/weight (w/w) aqueous solution, 8 mL, 77.6 mmol) were added dropwise at 0° C. over 30 minutes (min) to a mixture of DPA dimethyl ester (2.5 g, 12.8 mmol) 7, MeOH (7.5 mL) and HClO4 (70% w/w aqueous solution, 5.6 mL, 9.32 g, 64.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up slowly to room temperature and it was stirred at this temperature for 3 h. The volatile components were evaporated under reduced pressure, and the pH of the residue was adjusted to 9 with saturated Na2CO3 solution. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL) and the combined organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed. The residue was recrystallized from toluene to give the titled compound (1.87 g, 65%) as white crystals. Melting point (mp): 158-159° C. (toluene) (literature mp (lit. mp): 154-158° C.), Rf=0.11 (SiO2 thin-layer chromatography (TLC); EtOAc-toluene 1:1). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.32 (s, 2H), 4.91 (d, 2H), 4.03 (s, 6H), 2.06 (t, 1H).
- To a solution of dimethyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (2 g, 8.8 mmol) in 50 ml acetone was added solid KMnO4 (4.21 g, 26.6 mmol), with stirring. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 3 hours at room temperature, then quenched with aqueous NaHSO3 within an ice bath. The resulting solution was then filtered over celite and the collected precipitate was washed with water. Concentration of the collected filtrate (to remove acetone) was followed by acidification of the remaining aqueous phase to
pH 2 using 1 molar (M) HCl, which was then subjected to extraction with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford the product as a white powder (50%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=14.29 (broad (br), 1H), 8.55 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 6H). - To a cooled solution of dimethyl 4-hydroxymethylpyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (2.15 g, 9.56 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added dropwise a solution of tosyl chloride (2.37 g, 12.4 mmol), after which the resulting solution was stirred for 20 min at 0° C. Triethylamine (6 ml) was then added dropwise in three portions at 20 min intervals. After the addition was complete, the solution was allowed to stir at 0° C. for an additional 15 min, followed by 15 min at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc (40 ml), washed with water (2×20 ml) and 3M HCl (2×20 ml). The organic phase was then dried over MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent removed in vacuo to yield a brown powder, which was washed with diethyl ether (3×10 ml) to give the product as a tan powder (2.52 g, 70%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.17 (s, 2H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 6H), 2.45 (s, 3H).
- To a solution of dimethyl 4-hydroxymethylpyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (3.0 g, 13.3 mmol) in anhydrous CHCl3 was added SOCl2 (2.4 g, 20 mmol) dropwise under argon atmosphere at −5° C. with continuous stirring for 40 min. Excess solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product was recrystallized from EtOH (50 ml) to give the product as a yellow solid after drying in vacuum (2.8 g, 86%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.30 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 4.50 (q, 4H), 1.47 (t, 6H).
- To a solution of NaI (4.50 g, 30 mmol) in acetone (250 ml) was added dimethyl 4-tosyloxylmethylpyridine-2-6-dicarboxylate (7.58 g, 20 mmol). The reaction mixture was then heated at reflux for 2.5 h, after which the cooled solution was diluted with EtOAc (550 ml), and the organic phase was washed with water (3×150 ml), 3% HCl (3×120 ml), and 5% w/w Na2SO3 (2×50 ml). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 in darkness and concentrated in vacuo to give the product (5.23 g, 78%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.27 (s, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 4.03 (s, 6H).
- Mixtures of dimethyl 4-chloropyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (1 equivalent (eq.)) and imidazole/4-methylimidazole/4-ethylimidazole (5 (eq.)) were heated to 130° C. for 3.5 h in the absence of solvent. Upon cooling the dark reaction mixture was diluted with water and acidified to pH 3-4 using 1M HCl, precipitating the product as a brown powder (70-80%).
- 4-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=13.63 (br, 2H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H).
4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=13.56 (br, 2H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 2.17 (s, 3H).
4-(4-ethyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=13.59 (br, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.44 (s, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 2.53 (quadruplet (q), 2H), 1.21 (t, 3H). - The pyridine dicarboxylic acids were first esterified to their methyl esters according to the procedure outlined below. A mixture of the resultant product (1 eq.) and 1,3-propanesultone (3 eq.) was then heated at 130° C. for 2 h. Upon cooling, the crude reaction was washed with MeOH and the resulting precipitate was filtered to give the desired product as a brown powder. Subsequent acid catalyzed hydrolysis was carried out as follows: compounds (dimethyl ester form) were suspended in 2 M HCl and heated at 80° C. for 2.5 h. Upon cooling, the desired product formed as a precipitate. The mixture was then filtered and washed with acetone to afford the product as a tan to brown powder.
- 1-[2,6-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-4-pyridyl]-3-(3-sulfopropyl)-4-methyl-1H-imidazolium: 1H NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ=9.59 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 4.38 (t, 2H), 3.98 (s, 6H), 2.96 (t, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.31 (sext, 2H).
1-[2,6-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-4-pyridyl]-3-(3-sulfopropyl)-1H-imidazolium: 1H NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ=9.69 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 2H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 4.48 (t, 2H), 3.99 (s, 6H), 2.93 (t, 2H), 2.36 (sext, 2H). - The dicarboxylic acid (1 eq.) was charged with methanol (50 ml) and concentrated sulfuric acid (3 eq.) and subsequently refluxed for 16 h. The methanol was then concentrated in vacuo and the residue was triturated with saturated NaHCO3, then water. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4 and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford the desired ester as a tan solid.
- The following procedure was used to hydrolyze most 4-substituted
dimethyl 2,6-pyridine dicarboxylate derivatives in addition to dimethyl 4-carboxypyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate. To a stirred solution of dimethyl ester in MeOH (10 ml) was added an equal volume of NaOH (20% weight/volume (w/v)). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in the minimum required amount of water and acidified with conc. HCl. If a precipitate was obtained at this stage, the solution was cooled on ice and the precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried in vacuo to afford the desired carboxylic acid. If no precipitation occurred at this stage, the aqueous phases were repeatedly extracted with EtOAc, the organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired carboxylic acid. - A variety of complexing agents of Formula (II), each having a unique distinguishing moiety, were prepared through the derivatization of bathocuproine (2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline) as shown in Scheme 3a. Chlorination of bathocuproine followed by subsequent oxidation yields 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid (DPPDA), an intermediate product which undergoes treatment with HClSO3 to ultimately give 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid disulfonate (BCPDCA). As shown in Scheme 3b, DPPDA may also undergo nitration to afford 4,7-bis(nitrophenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid, which may undergo further reduction to yield 4,7-bis(aminophenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid.
- A mixture composed of bathocuproine (1.5 g, 4.13 mmol), N-chlorosuccinimide (3.375 g, 25.1 mmol), benzoyl peroxide (4.1 mg) and 36 ml chloroform was stirred and refluxed for 6 hrs in an oil bath at 90° C. The mixture was refrigerated overnight to allow precipitation of succinimide crystals, which were removed by vacuum filtration. The filtrate was then washed/extracted with 100 ml (2×50 ml) of saturated potassium carbonate solution (112 g/100 ml) and the organic layer was then dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Removal of solvent yielded the pale yellow solid product. Yield=81-93%. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.27 (s, 2H), 8.0 (s, 2H), 7.57 (m, 10H).
- A 25 mL microwave vial was charged with 2,9-bis(trichloromethyl)-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (1.612 g, 2.848 mmol) and 4 mL of concentrated H2SO4. The solution was stirred in a 90° C. oil bath for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, 11 ml of deionized (DI) water was added dropwise to the continuously stirred reaction mixture. The resulting suspension was heated for an additional hour at 90° C. Upon cooling to room temperature, the solution was quenched into a 40 mL mixture of crushed ice and water. The resulting precipitate was collected via vacuum filtration. Yield=95% (hydrated). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=13.7 (br, 2H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 8.04 (s, 2H), 7.65 (m, 10H).
- To a 25 mL microwave vial was added 5 mL of 97% ClSO3H. The solution was cooled by placing in an ice bath. Cautiously, small aliquots of 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid was added to the stirred mixture until a total of 1 g was added. The mixture was then heated to 80° C. for 4 h. Upon cooling to room temperature, the solution was quenched into 100 mL of ice water in a drop wise fashion (Caution—this process is extremely exothermic). The resulting light yellow/beige powder was collected via vacuum filtration and lyophilized. Yield=79%. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=8.29 (s, 2H), 8.05 (s, 2H), 7.58-7.9 (multiplet (m), 8H), 5.7 (br, 2H).
- Hydrolysis of 4,7-bis(chlorosulfonylphenyl)-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid was carried out using dilute NaOH (aqueous (aq))
pH 10 solutions. The chlorosulfonyl compound was suspended inpH 10 solution and mechanically stirred at room temperature until fully dissolved. The pH of the resulting solution was adjusted using dilute HCl solution until a final value ofpH 6 was obtained. - To 3 ml of cold 90% HNO3 was added DPPDA (0.42 g, 1 mmol) in small portions, after which the mixture was stirred for 4.5 h in an ice bath. The reaction mixture was then poured over 100 ml crushed ice, yielding a yellow solid, and subsequently filtered and lyophilized to give the final product (96%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=13.8 (br, 2H), 8.54-7.56 (m, 12H).
- A variant of complexing agents of Formula (III), each having distinguishing moieties, was prepared through the derivatization of 1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid as depicted in
forthcoming Scheme 4. First, precursor a was synthesized; subsequent reactions using a as a precursor yielded compound b, identified as 4,7-dichloro-2,9-dimethyl-1,10-phenanthroline. Compound b then underwent further transformations to yield 4,7-dichloro-1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid. - Trimethyl orthoformate (500 mL, 3.83 mol) and Meldrum's acid (20.0 g, 139 mmol) was brought to a gentle reflux for 15 min. The resulting yellow solution was cooled (80° C.) and o-phenylenediamine (6.90 g, 63.1 mmol) was added portionwise (exothermic reaction). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 h, and left under stirring at rt for 16 h, where a white precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered off, washed with diethyl ether (4×100 mL) and dried to afford the product as a flaky white solid.
- To diphenyl ether (500 mL) at 240° C. was added a (17.5 g, 38.7 mmol) in small portions, resulting in vigorous gas evolution. The resulting orange solution was brought to reflux for 30 min, and was then allowed to cool to 70° C., where a dark-brown solid precipitated. The formed precipitate was washed with acetone (2×90 mL), hexane (2×90 mL) and Et2O (2×90 mL) and dried to afford a fine dark-brown powder.
- To phosphoryl chloride (220 mL) under nitrogen was added 2,9-dimethyl-1,10-phenanthroline-4,7(1H,10H)-dione (8.50 g, 35.4 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 90° C. for 3.5 h. The hot solution was slowly added to a well-stirred mixture of ice (700 g) in water (300 mL). After stirring for 15 min, chloroform (200 mL) was added and the resulting two-layer system was carefully brought to pH 13-14 by adding NaOH solution (42.5%, ca. 450 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted four times with 200 mL of chloroform. The combined organic layers were washed with NaOH solution (42.5%, 200 mL) and dried over MgSO4. Evaporation of the brown colored solvent afforded b as light tan crystals.
- A stirred solution of b (9.00 g, 32.5 mmol), N-chlorosuccinimide (31.2 g, 234 mmol) and a catalytic amount of benzoyl peroxide (20 mg) in chloroform (700 mL) was refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated aqueous K2CO3 (2×200 mL), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to afford a solid, which was purified by flash-chromatography (2% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give the product as white crystals.
- A stirred mixture of 4,7-dichloro-2,9-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,10-phenanthroline (13.00 g, 26.9 mmol) in concentrated H2SO4 (16 mL) was heated to 95° C. for 2 h. After cooling, H2O (50 mL) was slowly added with rapid stirring. The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h. The mixture was cooled and the formed precipitate was washed with H2O (5×40 mL) and Et2O (2×30 mL) and dried to afford the product as a light tan solid.
- One advantageous feature of molecular tracers for reservoir characterization is relatively uniform physical and chemical properties across a broad range of (1) salinity (for example, from about 60,000 ppm to about 250,000 ppm total dissolved salts) and (2) temperature (for example, from about 60° C. to about 105° C.), over relatively long periods of time, for example, while the tracer traverses a path from the injection well to the producing well. To evaluate properties of the disclosed tracers, the BCPDCA ligand was subjected to thermal stability tests in synthetic seawater at reservoir-like temperature. The composition of the synthetic seawater used is shown in Table 1.
- 200 ppb of BCPDCA, complexed with europium (III) using a 10−5M solution of europium ions, was maintained at 103° C. in synthetic seawater over 11 days to determine whether its fluorescence intensity had changed.
FIG. 6 is a plot showing fluorescence emission as a function of wavelength for BCPDCA heated for different times. Data shown in the six plots inFIG. 6 were measured on six different days over a 12-day interval. The near superposition of the plots indicated that the complex was thermally stable. -
TABLE 1 Composition of Synthetic Seawater Weight Percentage in Salt Synthetic Seawater NaCl 3.949 CaCl2•2H2O 0.2297 MgCl2•6H2O 1.6998 BaCl2 0.00 Na2SO4 0.611 NaHCO3 0.0159 Na2CO3 0.00 - Photophysical characterizations of the complexes including lanthanide ions and complexing agents were performed under experimental conditions that favored the formation of a 1:1 complex between a ligand and a lanthanide ion by including an excess of the lanthanides in solution.
FIG. 7A is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed and un-complexed europium ions. In deionized water, the limits of detection were determined to be in the 100's of parts-per-quadrillion (ppq) for complexes that formed between BCPDCA and europium (III) ions in solution, shown byplot 702. For reference, the un-complexedeuropium background plot 700 is also shown. - Next, formation of the complex in produced water (which is oil contaminant-containing water) from a hydrocarbon reservoir, in which there existed excess calcium ions in solution, was performed.
FIG. 7B is a plot showing luminescence emission as a function of wavelength for complexed europium, water extracted from a reservoir, and un-complexed europium. It was observed that the PAH's in produced water sensitized the lanthanide ions measurably, as shown byplot 704. In spite of this, it was possible to detect the presence of the complex to 10's of parts-per-trillion as shown byplot 706, without any chromatographic separation, pre-concentration, or purification. For reference, the un-complexed europium background isplot 708. Based on these results, it is expected that purification of the produced water by, for example, ultra-high performance liquid chromatography, would enable a detection limit close to that observed in the deionized water experiment. - As shown in
FIGS. 14A and 14B , similar results were obtained in analogous experiments for complexing agents of Formula (I) when complexed with excess terbium ions at 10−6 M concentration to form primarily complexes having a 1:1 ratio of complexing agent to lanthanide ion. It was possible to detect concentrations of hundreds of parts-per-trillion (weight/weight) in acetate buffer, and concentrations smaller than 20 parts-per-billion (weight/weight) in produced water. - To determine the retention of BCPDCA materials in reservoir rocks under simulated reservoir conditions, mobility experiments were performed with parameters and results tabulated in Table 2, and described in forthcoming detail.
-
TABLE 2 Summary of Conditions for Mobility Experiments Core Identification: Indiana Limestone, 70 milliDarcy (mD) as marked from Kocurek Industries Core Permeability (brine): 312 mD Core Pore Volume: 9.06 mL Core Diameter: 1.49 inches Core Length: 2.00 inches Confinement Pressure (Pconf): 4,400 pounds per square inch (psi) Pore Pressure (Ppore): 3,200 psi Saturation Fluid: degassed filtered (0.45 μm) synthetic seawater (57,670 milligrams per liter (mg/L) total dissolved solids (TDS)) Permeability Test Fluid: degassed filtered (0.45 μm) synthetic seawater (57,670 mg/L TDS) Temperature (T): 90° C. Injection Rate (Q): 0.5 mL/min Concentration of Solution 200 ppm BCPDCA tracer in synthetic seawater (Csolution): Solution Preparation: no pre-filtration, no pre-heating Injection Pore Volume (PVinject): 3.48 Flushing Solution: degassed filtered (0.45 μm) synthetic seawater (57,670 mg/L TDS) Flush Pore Volume (PVflush): 5 Sampling Frequency: 5+ vials per pore volume (PV) injected Effluent Analysis: Ultraviolet-visible absorbance (UV-VIS) at 290 nanometers (nm) Irreversible Tracer Retention: 6 μg/g ± 10% - A CoreTest Systems Inc. BPS-805Z Permeability System was used as a coreflood device. For the carbonates studied, values of confinement pressure Pconf=4,400 μsi, pore pressure Ppore=3,200 μsi, and temperature T=90° C. were used to replicate conditions in parts of the Ghawar reservoir in Saudi Arabia.
- To reduce variables from transient salinity, the salinity of both the saturation fluid and injection fluid were matched for each respective experiment (for synthetic seawater, the core was saturated and flooded in seawater and the subsequent tracer ligand injection and flushes were all performed with seawater). The seawater used was intended to mimic the ionic composition of the injected fluid used throughout Saudi Arabia during water-flooding operations.
- The experiments were conducted at displacement velocities of 0.5 mL/min in Indiana Limestone. The brine flushing phase was conducted at the same displacement velocities as the tracer injections to avoid mobilization resulting from advection gradients. A tandem injection scheme was used. For the DPA and FBA comparison experiment, first FBA (˜3PV) was injected, followed by a flush of 5 pore volume of seawater before the DPA tracers are injected as a slug (˜3PV). A similar injection scheme was adopted for the BCPDCA & NaBr coreflood experiment.
- For determining the tracer concentration, an Agilent spectrophotometer was used to measure the UV-VIS absorbance at a wavelength of 270 nm for DPA, and 290 nm for BCPDCA. For the ideal non-reactive ionic tracer NaBr, a bromine ion selective electrode was used to measure the eluents. A new 5-point calibration curve was made for each experiment measured. By comparing the effluent sample absorbance to the known values of the standards, a normalized concentration was derived for each fraction collected, annotated as C/C0 (fraction of effluent sample concentration divided by input concentration; a value of 1.0 indicates the effluent solution is equal to the injected concentration). The fraction collector vials were weighed before and after sample collection to determine a collected mass from each vial. The known mass along with the known densities of the injection fluids allowed for volume calculations and validation of the injection rates.
- BCPDCA in synthetic seawater was injected into a core at 200 mg/L at 90° C. Another test using an ionic tracer known to not attach to the rock matrix (0.1M NaBr in this case) in the same core was performed as well.
FIG. 8 is a plot of normalized concentration of BCPDCA vs. pore volumes for a complexing agent and an NaBr tracer. Theeffluent curve 800 of the BCPDCA tracer was very similar to that of the 0.1M NaBr non-reactive ionictracer curve plot 802, indicating that the core allowed passage of the complexing agent. The vertical solid and dotted lines indicate when a flush was initiated in the BCPDCA and NaBr experiments, respectively. The relatively steep slope of the plots as they approach C/C0=1.0 indicates there is very little retention, thus showing that BCPDCA performed suitably as an inter-well tracer. - A similar test was conducted using DPA, and a fluorinated benzoic acid (FBA) as the inert reference.
FIG. 9 is a plot of normalized concentration of DPA vs. pore volumes for DPA and a fluorinated benzoic acid (FBA) tracer. Overall, theeffluent curve 900 of the DPA tracer tracked very closely with that of theFBA curve 902. The steep increase before 1 pore volume indicated little to no retention of the tracers. These results suggest that DPA, too, exhibits suitable characteristics as an inter-well tracer for a carbonate reservoir. - Derivatives substituted with imidazolyl, 4-methylimidazolyl, and 4-ethylimidazolyl substituents at the 4-position of DPA were synthesized as shown in Scheme 2c. A mixture of DPA and three DPA derivatives substituted with imidazol-1-yl (DPA-im), 4-methylimidazol-1-yl (DPA-Mim) and 4-ethylimidazol-1-yl (DPA-Eim) groups at concentrations of 10 ppm each in water was chromatographically separated by UHPLC.
FIG. 13A is an HPLC trace of response factor vs. retention time for DPA and each of the three DPA derivatives. The order of elution was (1) DPA, represented by peak 1306, (2) 4-ethylimidazol-1-yl DPA, represented by peak 1304, (3) 4-methylimidazol-1-yl DPA, represented by peak 1302, and (4) imidazol-1-yl DPA, represented by peak 1300, - Fluorescence intensities of DPA, imidazol-1-yl DPA, and 4-methylimidazol-1-yl DPA at the same molar concentrations were measured after complexation with terbium ions.
FIG. 13B is a plot of fluorescence intensity vs. wavelength for the 3 analogs.Plot 1350 shows the curve for DPA,plot 1352 shows the curve for 4-methylimidazol-1-yl DPA, andplot 1354 shows the curve for imidazol-1-yl DPA. These results indicated that the light harvesting capability of the derivatives remained unchanged after the chemical modification, as evidenced by the similar fluorescence intensities. - To assess the mobility of the molecular tracers through carbonate rocks under simulated reservoir conditions, coreflood experiments were performed. A one-foot long limestone core (permeability ˜ 200 mDarcy, other properties shown in Table 3) was flooded with synthetic seawater, then flooded with Arabic medium crude (API˜30°) and aged for three weeks at 100° C. At the end of aging, the core was oil flooded again and initial oil saturation, Soi, was calculated by mass balance. Then, the core was waterflooded with seawater to obtain residual oil saturation, Sorw, by mass balance. For the tracer flood, both the ideal ionic tracer, potassium chloride (KCl), and one of the molecular tracers described above were injected at the same pulse width of 0.5 pore volume (PV). The concentration of KCl was 1000 ppm in seawater, whereas the molecular tracer concentration was 100 ppm. Injection was followed by several PV chase of synthetic seawater. The concentration of potassium ions in the effluent was determined using ion chromatography while the concentration of the molecular tracer was measured by UV-Vis spectrophotometry.
-
TABLE 3 Limestone Core Properties for Coreflood Measurements Rock Type Indiana limestone Diameter 3.81 cm Length 30.96 cm Mass 776.3 g Bulk Volume 352.97 cm3 Porosity 0.179% Area 11.40 cm2 Pore Volume 63.1 cm3 - Coreflood experimental conditions are summarized in Table 4.
-
TABLE 4 Coreflood Experimental Conditions Flood Brine Oil Brine Tracer Fluid Synthetic Arab medium Synthetic 1000 ppm KCl, seawater crude seawater 100 ppm molecular tracer in seawater Flow Rate 5 5 1 0.09 (mL/min) Frontal 116 116 23 2 Velocity (ft/day) -
FIG. 15A is a plot showing normalized recovered concentrations (breakthrough curves) of the KCl and molecular tracers as a function of eluted pore volumes. Since the experiment was performed with both tracers injected in the same pulse width, many potential sources of experimental error were eliminated. The slight tailing associated with the distal portion of the curve for the molecular tracer was attributed to diffusion or retention. Since the small ions of the KCl tracer should be at least as diffusive as the larger tracer molecules, it is likely that greater reversible retention of the tracer (small molecules) compared to the K+ ions occurred, similar to what has been observed in other studies. -
FIG. 15B shows mass recovery plots for both tracers. The plots suggest that there was negligible irreversible retention of the molecular tracer, indicating good transport through the rock matrices at simulated reservoir temperature and pressure. - To assess the detectability of the molecular tracers in the field, a study was performed using a specific well pair.
FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing well sites in a specific field. For this study, well pair I3-P3 was chosen (a separation of 475 m). For this well pair, connectivity has been thoroughly characterized in previous water tracer studies and nanoagent tracer field tests. - A total of 5 kg of the first molecular tracer was first dissolved in approximately 200 L of deionized water. At the well site, a pre-flush of 4 barrels of treated seawater was administered at a rate of 0.35 bbl/min. Then, the molecular tracer was injected at I3 at a rate of 0.40 bbl/min. After the injection, a post flush with 10 barrels of treated seawater was injected at 0.5 bbl/min. Seawater injection at 3000 μsi at a rate of approximately 8000 bbl/day resumed immediately post flush.
- Produced water samples from producer well P3 were collected twice weekly. A cursory clean-up procedure involving solid phase extraction and fraction collection on a high performance liquid chromatograph was performed before the addition of lanthanide ions for the fluorescence measurements. With these additional steps, the cycle time for sample work up was still comparatively shorter than tracer detection methodologies for FBAs using quadrupole GC/MS.
- The recovery curve of the first molecular tracer is shown in
FIG. 17 . The data point onDay 0 refers to the background noise floor level to be expected for the analysis method for this particular tracer. Consistent above-background signal from the tracer could be detected afterDay 50 and the signal trended upward unambiguously. However, due to long periods of well shut down for planned maintenance, no samples were collected between 100 days and 130 days after injection, as indicated on the plot. Other significant well shut down periods are also indicated. When the sample collection resumed, the upward trend of detectable tracer concentration continued, signifying breakthrough of the first molecular tracer. - Reservoir modeling methodologies have shown that active rate management is an effective way to augment productivity, particularly in mature fields. Although the value of tracer data in elucidating reservoir heterogeneity and reducing uncertainties is undeniable, its utility in fortifying the fidelity of reservoir history matching and enhancing production optimization algorithms does not appear to have been studied systematically.
- Using reservoir history matching and production optimization algorithms, it was recently demonstrated that tracer data can improve field production net present values (NPVs) by +0.3% to +9.4% for non-homogeneously flooded reservoirs. The present example shows results of further feasibility studies for scaled-up reservoir models.
- Permeability fields of the scaled-up reference reservoir models with five-spot waterflood patterns are shown in
FIGS. 18A-18C . Each of the models was constructed on a 50×50×1 grid block system with block sizes of Δx=Δy=250 ft and Δz=80 ft. Values of constant porosity φ=0.2 and initial water saturation Sw=0.1 were used. Initial water injection rates were q0=20,000 ft3/day on the 4 injectors for the interval from 0 to 5,000 days. In addition, 4 unique molecular tracers were also injected in each injector and collected from the producer well for history matching. -
FIGS. 18D-18F are plots showing history matching results from the ensemble smoother with multiple data assimilation with molecular tracer data (ES-MDA-Tracer) algorithm. As shown in the figures, very good history matching was achieved for the first two models (FIGS. 18D and 18E ) with early water and tracer breakthroughs. In contrast, for the third model (FIG. 18F ), late water breakthrough resulted in less optimal history matching. -
FIGS. 18G-18I are plots showing field production net present value (NPV) for the period from 5,000 to 10,000 days with waterflood optimization using reservoir models history matched with and without molecular tracer data. For models exhibiting good history matching (FIGS. 18D and 18E ), increases of +5.6% and +2.1% NPV were observed with molecular tracer data (+$11.1 M and +$9.2 M/1 well/13 yrs), as shown inFIGS. 18G and 18H . For the less optimal model (FIG. 18F ), a minor −0.2% NPV loss was observed with tracer data (−$1.0 M/1 well/13 yrs), as shown inFIG. 18I . Based on this data, the financial incentives are high if data from the molecular tracers are used to guide management of the reservoir models. - A number of embodiments have been described. Nevertheless, it will be understood that various modifications may be made without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Accordingly, other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims.
Claims (12)
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/551,598 US20220170362A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2021-12-15 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/162,495 US12077504B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2023-01-31 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/671,211 US20240308962A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2024-05-22 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201862619000P | 2018-01-18 | 2018-01-18 | |
US201862758046P | 2018-11-09 | 2018-11-09 | |
US16/252,228 US11230919B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-01-18 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US17/551,598 US20220170362A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2021-12-15 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/252,228 Division US11230919B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-01-18 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US18/162,495 Division US12077504B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2023-01-31 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220170362A1 true US20220170362A1 (en) | 2022-06-02 |
Family
ID=65324643
Family Applications (7)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/252,133 Active US11299982B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-01-18 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US16/252,228 Active US11230919B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-01-18 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US17/551,598 Abandoned US20220170362A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2021-12-15 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US17/551,614 Active US11827604B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2021-12-15 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/162,495 Active US12077504B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2023-01-31 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/488,516 Pending US20240067606A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2023-10-17 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/671,211 Pending US20240308962A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2024-05-22 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/252,133 Active US11299982B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-01-18 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US16/252,228 Active US11230919B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-01-18 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
Family Applications After (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/551,614 Active US11827604B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2021-12-15 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/162,495 Active US12077504B2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2023-01-31 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/488,516 Pending US20240067606A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2023-10-17 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US18/671,211 Pending US20240308962A1 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2024-05-22 | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (7) | US11299982B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3740544A2 (en) |
SA (1) | SA520412458B1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2019143917A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2019143917A2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-07-25 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
US10612355B1 (en) | 2019-02-11 | 2020-04-07 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Stimulating u-shape wellbores |
US11035212B2 (en) * | 2019-02-11 | 2021-06-15 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Stimulating U-shape wellbores |
WO2021016513A1 (en) | 2019-07-24 | 2021-01-28 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Tracer analysis |
US11460330B2 (en) | 2020-07-06 | 2022-10-04 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Reducing noise in a vortex flow meter |
US11773715B2 (en) | 2020-09-03 | 2023-10-03 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Injecting multiple tracer tag fluids into a wellbore |
US11542815B2 (en) | 2020-11-30 | 2023-01-03 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Determining effect of oxidative hydraulic fracturing |
US11649702B2 (en) | 2020-12-03 | 2023-05-16 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Wellbore shaped perforation assembly |
US12071814B2 (en) | 2020-12-07 | 2024-08-27 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Wellbore notching assembly |
US11660595B2 (en) | 2021-01-04 | 2023-05-30 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Microfluidic chip with multiple porosity regions for reservoir modeling |
US11534759B2 (en) | 2021-01-22 | 2022-12-27 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Microfluidic chip with mixed porosities for reservoir modeling |
US11796517B2 (en) | 2021-11-09 | 2023-10-24 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Multifunctional magnetic tags for mud logging |
US12110448B2 (en) | 2021-11-09 | 2024-10-08 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Multifunctional fluorescent tags for subterranean applications |
US11619127B1 (en) | 2021-12-06 | 2023-04-04 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Wellhead acoustic insulation to monitor hydraulic fracturing |
US11999855B2 (en) | 2021-12-13 | 2024-06-04 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Fluorescent dye molecules having hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity for tracer applications |
US11725139B2 (en) | 2021-12-13 | 2023-08-15 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Manipulating hydrophilicity of conventional dye molecules for water tracer applications |
US12000278B2 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2024-06-04 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Determining oil and water production rates in multiple production zones from a single production well |
US11860137B2 (en) | 2022-01-20 | 2024-01-02 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Method for detecting natural hydrocarbons in oil-contaminated drill cuttings |
CN114778581A (en) * | 2022-04-27 | 2022-07-22 | 中国矿业大学 | Coal micro-nano intercommunicating pore fracture tracking method |
US11994020B2 (en) | 2022-09-21 | 2024-05-28 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Mapping inter-well porosity using tracers with different transport properties |
Family Cites Families (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB8420521D0 (en) | 1984-08-13 | 1984-09-19 | Hsc Res Dev Corp | Fluorescent label |
EP0171978B1 (en) | 1984-08-13 | 1990-11-07 | HSC Research Development Corporation | 1,10-phenanthroline-2,9-dicarboxylic acid-derivatives and their use in fluorescent immunoassay |
GB8622855D0 (en) * | 1986-09-23 | 1986-10-29 | Ekins R P | Determining biological substance |
US5168927A (en) * | 1991-09-10 | 1992-12-08 | Shell Oil Company | Method utilizing spot tracer injection and production induced transport for measurement of residual oil saturation |
US7032662B2 (en) * | 2001-05-23 | 2006-04-25 | Core Laboratories Lp | Method for determining the extent of recovery of materials injected into oil wells or subsurface formations during oil and gas exploration and production |
US6691780B2 (en) | 2002-04-18 | 2004-02-17 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Tracking of particulate flowback in subterranean wells |
KR101103804B1 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2012-01-06 | 코오롱인더스트리 주식회사 | A side curtain typed airbag and airbag system including it |
US20120115128A1 (en) | 2009-05-07 | 2012-05-10 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Selective protein labeling |
FR2954796B1 (en) | 2009-12-24 | 2016-07-01 | Total Sa | USE OF NANOPARTICLES FOR THE MARKING OF PETROLEUM FIELD INJECTION WATER |
FR2976825B1 (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2014-02-21 | Total Sa | NANOTRACTERS FOR THE MARKING OF PETROLEUM FIELD INJECTION WATER |
CN102676157B (en) * | 2012-05-15 | 2014-07-09 | 泰普生物科学(中国)有限公司 | Fluorescent microsphere marker and preparation method thereof |
TW201415161A (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2014-04-16 | Fujifilm Corp | Photo-sensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured film using the same, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device |
NO336012B1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-04-20 | Restrack As | tracing Substance |
US10107756B2 (en) | 2016-01-12 | 2018-10-23 | Ecolab Usa Inc. | Fluorescence assay for quantification of picolinate and other compounds in oxidizers and oxidizing compositions |
CN105623651A (en) * | 2016-03-07 | 2016-06-01 | 江苏医诺万细胞诊疗有限公司 | Composite microsphere marker for conducting fluorescent marking on rear earth and preparation method of composite microsphere marker |
WO2019143917A2 (en) | 2018-01-18 | 2019-07-25 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs |
-
2019
- 2019-01-18 WO PCT/US2019/014166 patent/WO2019143917A2/en active Application Filing
- 2019-01-18 US US16/252,133 patent/US11299982B2/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 EP EP19703897.9A patent/EP3740544A2/en active Pending
- 2019-01-18 US US16/252,228 patent/US11230919B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-07-18 SA SA520412458A patent/SA520412458B1/en unknown
-
2021
- 2021-12-15 US US17/551,598 patent/US20220170362A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2021-12-15 US US17/551,614 patent/US11827604B2/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-01-31 US US18/162,495 patent/US12077504B2/en active Active
- 2023-10-17 US US18/488,516 patent/US20240067606A1/en active Pending
-
2024
- 2024-05-22 US US18/671,211 patent/US20240308962A1/en active Pending
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
Bhattacharya et al. "synthesis of some Copper(II)-Chelating (Dialylyamino) pyridine amphiphiles and evaluation of their esterolytic capacities in cationic Micellar Media" J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 27-38. (Year: 1998) * |
Chen et al. Dipicolinic Acid Derivatives as Inhibitors of New Delhi Metallo-B-lactamase-1, J. Med. Chem, 2017, 60, 7267-7283 (Year: 2017) * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3740544A2 (en) | 2020-11-25 |
US11230919B2 (en) | 2022-01-25 |
US11827604B2 (en) | 2023-11-28 |
US12077504B2 (en) | 2024-09-03 |
US20220170363A1 (en) | 2022-06-02 |
SA520412458B1 (en) | 2023-02-08 |
US11299982B2 (en) | 2022-04-12 |
US20240067606A1 (en) | 2024-02-29 |
WO2019143917A2 (en) | 2019-07-25 |
US20240308962A1 (en) | 2024-09-19 |
US20230184099A1 (en) | 2023-06-15 |
US20190218907A1 (en) | 2019-07-18 |
US20190226326A1 (en) | 2019-07-25 |
WO2019143917A3 (en) | 2019-09-26 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11827604B2 (en) | Tracers for petroleum reservoirs | |
US4264329A (en) | Tracing flow of fluids | |
Lee et al. | Proton transfers of aqueous 7-hydroxyquinoline in the first excited singlet, lowest triplet, and ground states | |
US11549922B2 (en) | Tracer analysis | |
Hebbink et al. | Increased luminescent lifetimes of Ln3+ complexes emitting in the near‐infrared as a result of deuteration | |
Brunet et al. | Lanthanide complexes of polycarboxylate-bearing dipyrazolylpyridine ligands with near-unity luminescence quantum yields: the effect of pyridine substitution | |
US12110448B2 (en) | Multifunctional fluorescent tags for subterranean applications | |
CN113429959B (en) | Preparation method of trace substance tracing proppant and application of trace substance tracing proppant in fracture monitoring | |
Kumar et al. | Highly selective CHEF-type chemosensor for lutetium (III) recognition in semi-aqueous media | |
Bünzli | Rare earth luminescent centers in organic and biochemical compounds | |
Saito et al. | Direct fluorescence detection of ultratrace lanthanide (III) ions complexed with aromatic polyaminocarboxylate, avoiding quenching of ligand-centered emission, using capillary zone electrophoresis with a ternary complexing technique | |
Razpotnik et al. | Efficiency and characteristics of solid-phase (ion-exchange) extraction for removal of Cl− matrix | |
Harriswangler et al. | Effect of Magnetic Anisotropy on the 1H NMR Paramagnetic Shifts and Relaxation Rates of Small Dysprosium (III) Complexes | |
Li et al. | Hg (II)-activated emission “turn-on” chemosensors excited by up-conversion nanocrystals: Synthesis, characterization and sensing performance | |
Rowe et al. | Metal ion sensors based on a luminescent ruthenium (II) complex: the role of polymer support in sensing properties | |
US20240301790A1 (en) | Quantifying zonal flow in multi-lateral wells via taggants of fluids | |
Pietraszkiewicz et al. | Luminescent lanthanide complexes with macrocyclic N-oxides | |
Metidji et al. | Synthesis and Characterization of a Reactive Fluorescent Tracer and its Possible Use for Reservoir Temperature's Data Collection | |
US4330153A (en) | Identification of fluid flow under in-situ mining conditions | |
Bassett et al. | Preliminary data from a series of artificial recharge experiments at Stanton, Texas | |
Pietraszkiewicz et al. | Macrocyclic and macropolycyclic heteroaromatic N-oxides: powerful sensitizers for the lanthanide ions emission | |
Cross et al. | Studies on some mixed pyrido-phenol donor ligands as sensitisers for terbium (III) | |
Czarnik | Chelation-enhanced fluorescence detection of metal and nonmetal ions in aqueous solution | |
Li | Oilfield Tracer Analysis and Application for Hydraulic Fracture Diagnostics | |
WO2024064139A1 (en) | Covalent organic frameworks as tracers for fluorescent upstream imaging |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ARAMCO SERVICES COMPANY, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:OW, HOOISWENG;SHI, RENA;COX, JASON R.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:058458/0273 Effective date: 20170524 Owner name: SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY, SAUDI ARABIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ARAMCO SERVICES COMPANY;REEL/FRAME:058458/0340 Effective date: 20190509 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |